Access Tools 2011-12 Car Opening Manual

Go To Index

Page 1

ACCESS LOCK-OUT MANUAL 2011-2012 How to Use the 2011-2012 Car Opening Manual • Always Use Eye Protection

Safety first. Always use eye protection and leather gloves when needed.

• Always use the Index!

To find a vehicle look in the Index under Make first. For example: Ford or Toyota then go down the list alphabetically for example Ford Taurus or Toyota Camry.

Introduction

• Check For Method 2

Some vehicles have a second method that is shown as method 2 on the NEXT page for that opening.

• Check For Alternate Methods

Some vehicles have an Alternate methods that is shown as Alternate Method on the SAME page. These instructions can be found in the front of the book directly after the index Alternate Methods.

• Check The V.I.N. Number

The 10th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number shows the year of the vehicle. See chart below. VIN Character - Model Year Codes

1981 B 1991 M 2001 1 2011 B

1982 C 1992 N 2002 2 2012 C

1983 D 1993 P 2003 3 2013 D

1984 E 1994 R 2004 4

1985 F 1995 S 2005 5

1986 G 1996 T 2006 6

1987 H 1997 V 2007 7

1988 J 1998 W 2008 8

© High Tech Tools/Access Tools 2011-2012

1989 K 1999 X 2009 9

1990 L 2000 Y 2010 A

Go To Index Group4 Notes

Group4 Notes

Page 2

Group3 • Group2 • NewId • Style • PRI •Diagram

Method - Method

Go To Index Method - Alt 23

ALTERNATE

Page 3

_Alternate Method Alt 23 Using the 23 Tool TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car. 3.Insert tool into the door cavity. 4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool. 5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

ALTERNATE

Tool 23

_ALTERNATE023_ALTERNATE • 585 • Style00 • 1 •Alt23

xxx Page 4

ALTERNATE

Go To Index Method - Alt 103-04

_Alternate Method Alt 103-04 Using the 103 & 104 Tool

ALTERNATE

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104 1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle. 2) Insert the Vent window tool 103 3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool. 4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed. 5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Tool 103-04

_ALTERNATE103-4_ALTERNATE • 1214 • Style00 • 1 •Alt103-04

Go To Index Method - Alt22

ALTERNATE

Page 5

_Alternate Method Alt 22 Using the 22 Tool Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip. 2. Point tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into the door while turning tool so handle of tool points away from car. 4. Hook lock rod with tip of tool (see illustration). Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.

ALTERNATE

Tool 22


Go To Index ALTERNATE

Page 6

_Alternate Method Alt 26 Using the 26 Tool

ALTERNATE

Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26


Method - Alt26


ALTERNATE

Page 7

_Alternate Method Alt 35 Using the 35 Tool TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

ALTERNATE

Tool 35



Page 8

Method - Alt47

_Alternate Method Alt 47 Using the 47 Tool Tool: Tool 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight fit, be very gentle ) . 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower tool into the door. 4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fig.). 5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move. Instructions are for passenger side door.

ALTERNATE

Front Passenger Door

INSER TION

Tool 47



ALTERNATE

Page 9

_Alternate Method Alt 74 Using the 74 Tool Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

ALTERNATE

Tool 74


Go To Index Page 10

ALTERNATE

Method - AltGM

_Alternate Method Alt GM Using the Glassman Tool

ALTERNATE

Tool: Glassman Tool 1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window . 2. Insert the tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage . 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 4.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 5.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool

Pull Back Handle to Unlock

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78Glass_ALTERNATE • 1216 • Style00 • 1 •AltGm

Go To Index Method - AltGMV

ALTERNATE

Page 11

_Alternate Method Alt GMV Using the Glassman Tool Vertical Buttons Tool: Glassman Tool with a Vertical button tool 1 Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window . 2 Insert a loop type tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage . 3. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock button 5. Pull up on the button to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78GlassV_ALTERNATE • 1695 • Style00 • 1 •AltgmV

ALTERNATE

Linkage

Go To Index Page 12

ALTERNATE

Method - AltOHJ

_Alternate Method Alt OHJ Using the One Hand Jack Tool & 78 Tool

ALTERNATE

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78SG_ALTERNATE • 1412 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj

Go To Index Method - Startmulti

ALTERNATE

Page 13

_Alternate Method Using the Starter Air Jack & 78 Tool Instructions “Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door”

ALTERNATE

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78SGc_ALTERNATE • 1876 • Style00 • 1 •StartMulti


Page 14

Method - Alt81

_Alternate Method Alt81 Using the 81 Tool

ALTERNATE

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button. 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of t he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81



ALTERNATE

Page 15

_Alternate Method Alt87 Using the 87 Tool Tool: Strap Tool 87 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip. 2. Cover front of the tool with another Strip Saver. 3. Insert the tool into the door using the Strip savers 4. Use the strings to help move the tip of the tool into position over the door lock button. 5. Pull the tool to lift the door lock button

ALTERNATE

Tool 57



Page 16

Method - Alt89

_Alternate Method Alt89 Using the 89 Tool

ALTERNATE

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

_ALTERNATE89_ALTERNATE • 605 • Style00 • 1 •Alt89FD

Go To Index Method - AltSJ1

ALTERNATE

Page 17

_Alternate Method AltSJ1 Using the Slim Jim TOOL: SLIM JIM 1. Separate glass from weather-strips. 2. Use front door. 3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim. NOTE:Watch door lock button.

ALTERNATE

Tool SJ

_ALTERNATESG_ALTERNATE • 1218 • Style00 • 1 •Altsj1

Go To Index Page 18

ALTERNATE

_Alternate Method AltSJ2 Using the Slim Jim

ALTERNATE

Tool: SLIM JIM 1. BEND SLIM JIM AS SHOWN. 2. Lower the tool into the door. 3. Place tip NEXT TO LOCK ROD. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool SJ

_ALTERNATESG2_ALTERNATE • 1219 • Style00 • 1 •Altsj2

Method - Altsj2

Go To Index Method - ALT125

ALTERNATE

Page 19

_Alternate MethodALT125 Using the 125 Tool Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door

ALTERNATE

Tool 125

_ALTERNATESG3_ALTERNATE • 1772 • Style00 • 1 •V12501

Go To Index Method - M1

ACURA

Page 20

Acura CL 1997 1999 Tool:77 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2 .With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame 3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position) 4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage 5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.

ACURA

Tool 77

Alternative method use Alternate Alt22

ACURA CL

Tool in Insertion Position

View from Inside the Door

Tool in Working Position

Close up of Tool in Action

ACURA001ACURA • 635 • Style05 • 1 •H7701F


Page 21

ACURA

Acura CL 2 Door 2001 2003 Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3 Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

ACURA CL


Hook Lock Button and Lift to Unlock

ACURA002ACURA • 655 • Style04 • 1 •R7401


ACURA


Go To Index ACURA

Page 22

Method - M1

Acura Integra 2 Door 1986 1993

ACURA

Tool: Downward Hook - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 91L


ACURA003ACURA • 775 • Style00 • 1 •H9101F


Acura Integra 4 door 1986 1993 Acura Legend 2 Door 1986 1995

Page 23

ACURA Acura SLX 1996 1999 Acura Vigor 1992 1994

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever you will see it move.

Tool 26

ACURA Alternative method use Alternate Alt22

Acura Integra


ACURA004ACURA • 632 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Go To Index ACURA

Page 24

Method - M1

Acura Integra 2 door 1994 2001

ACURA

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Alternative method use Alternate Altohj ACURA005ACURA • 631 • Style00 • 1 •R3501


ACURA

Page 25

Acura MDX 2001 2006 TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26 1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button. 3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button. 4.Lift tool to unlock door. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button, you will see the button move.

ACURA MDX


ACURA009-M1ACURA • 1180 • Style03 • 1 •V2609


ACURA

Tool 26

Go To Index Page 26

ACURA

Method - M2

Acura MDX 2001 2006

ACURA

Tool: 74 1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

ACURA009-M2ACURA • 1340 • Style00 • 1 •R7401


ACURA

Page 27

Acura RL 1997 1998 Tool: REVERSE HOOK TOOL - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and insert. 3. Lower tool into hole in inner door frame and beneath linkage shield. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 4. Rotate tool handle towards you and raise tip of tool behind the plastic shield in order to hook and bind lock linkage. 5. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move. 6. Move linkage towards front of car.

ACURA

Tool 42

Alternative method use Alternate Altohj

ACURA011ACURA • 636 • Style00 • 1 •H4202FRD


ACURA

Page 28

Acura RSX 3 Door 2002 2006 Acura TL 4 Door 2004 2008

Acura TSX 2004 2008

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button. 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of t he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door. 1

2 Lower Tool Under Glass

Insertion Position

Tool 81

Wedge

Rotate & Tilt Tool Into Position

3

4 Lift Tool to Unlock Door

ACURA

Tool

Lock Button Push tool againt lock button and lift tool to unlock door

ACURA RSX

Enlargement From Inside Door

Tool in insertion position

View from inside the car ACURA013ACURA • 1228 • Style04 • 1 •acu016


Tool in working position


Page 29

ACURA

Acura TL 1996 1998 Acura Integra 4 Door 1994 2001

Acura NSX 1991 2005

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door . 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Turn tool to hook and bind bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rock tool handle towards rear of vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front of the car. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

ACURA

Acura TL


Tool must enter hole in inner door panel to grab lower linkage.

Tool in working position. Rotate handle towards REAR of car

Close Up. Move linkage towards FRONT of car

ACURA015-M1ACURA • 778 • Style05 • 1 •H2305f

Go To Index Page 30

Acura TL 1996 1998 Acura Integra 4 Door 1994 2001

Method - M2

ACURA Acura NSX 1991 2005

Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward. 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!

Tool 78SG

Tool

ACURA


Acura TL

Insert SuperWedge/Glassmaninto window

Hook lock button with tool, and move to rear of car to unlock ACURA015-M2ACURA • 639 • Style04 • 1 •glassman

Insert tool into hole created by SuperWedge/Glassman


Page 31

ACURA

Acura TL 4 Door 1999 2003 Acura Legend 4 Door 1986 1995

Acura RL 4 Door 1999 2004

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

ACURA TL


ACURA016ACURA • 1514 • Style03 • 1 •V4711


ACURA

Tool 47

Go To Index Page 32

Acura MDX 2007 2012 Acura RDX 4 door 2007 2012

Method - M1

ACURA Acura RL 2005 2012

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

ACURA

Tool 89


Acura MDX


Push door lock button to unlock door ACURA021ACURA • 624 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD



Page 33

ACURA

Acura TL 2009 2011 Acura TL 2012 2013

Acura TSX 2009 2013 Acura TSX Sports Wagon 2011 2013

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button. 6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door

Tool 78SG Button

ACURA

ACURA TL

Use jack Tool To make Working Room for AirjacK

Insert Airjack and Inflate

View from inside the car

Push the door lock button forward to unlock the car

Button moves tward the Front

ACURA022ACURA • 1606 • Style06 • 1 •jack_but

Go To Index Page 34

ACURA

Method - M1

Acura ZDX 2010 2013

ACURA

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

ACURA023ACURA • 1725 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


ALFA ROMEO

Page 35

Alfa Romeo All All TOOL: SLIM JIM These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl. You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door lock. These can be opened as shown in the illustrations below.

ALFA ROMEO

Tool SJ


ALFA ROMEO001ALFA ROMEO • 1515 • Style00 • 1 •LPSJ01

Go To Index Page 36

Audi 4000 1984 1989 Audi 5000 1984 1989 Audi A4 Wagon

Method - M1

AUDI Audi A4 Upto 1998 Audi A6 Upto 1998

AUDI

Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. (VERY TIGHT FIT) 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock knob. Lift tool to unlock door. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.

Tool 26

AUDI004-M1AUDI • 641 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Audi A4 Upto 1998 Audi A4 Wagon

AUDI

Page 37

Audi A6 Upto 1998 Audi A8 1998

TOOL: STRIP TOOL 1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame. 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM). 3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool. 4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

AUDI

Tool 57

AUDI004-M2AUDI • 642 • Style00 • 1 •V5701

Go To Index Page 38

Audi S4 2000 2002 Audi 100 All Audi 200 Audi 80 All

Method - M1

AUDI Audi 90 All Audi A4 Sedan 1999 2001 Audi A4 Avant Wagon 1999 2001 Audi S4 Avant Wagon 2001 2002

AUDI

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge. (VERY TIGHT FIT) 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Hook lock rod where it attaches to door latch mechanism and lift. 5. Watch door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct lock rod crank, you will see the door lock button move. * Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.

Tool 86

AUDI005AUDI • 375 • Style00 • 1 •V8604


Page 39

AUDI

Audi S4 2006 2012 Audi A4 Sedan 2002 2008

Audi A4 Avant 2004 2012 Audi RS-4 2006 2009

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4). 7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door. 1

Lower ool T Under Glass

2

Tool 35 Insertion Position

Rotate Tilt & ool T Into Position

Wed ge

3

4 Tool

Lock Button Lock Button

Slide tool in this direction to unlock door

Alternative method use Alternate Starthand

Enlargement

From Inside Door

AUDI A4


Hook the Inside Door Handle to Open

View from Far Inside

AUDI006AUDI • 470 • Style05 • 1 •aud012


AUDI

REAR DOOR


AUDI

Page 40

Audi A4 Cabriolet 2 Door 2003 2009

Audi S4 Cabriolet 2006 2001

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool

Tool 78SG Handle Direction Tool


AUDI

PASSENGER DOOR

Audi A4 Cabriolet

Insert glassmaster tool

View from inside the vehicle

Insert long reach tool into cavity

Pull door handle to open door

AUDI007AUDI • 1267 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Audi

Page 41

Audi A6 Sedan 2011 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to Unlock the door Note These vehicles are very delicate so the utmost care should be used

Audi

Tool 78SG

AUDI008-M1BAUDI • 1813 • Style00 • 1 •StartHand


AUDI

Page 42

Audi S6 2003 2009 Audi A3 4 door 2006 2012

Audi A6 Sedan 1998 2011 Audi RS6 2004 2009

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4). 7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the gl ass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door. 1

Lower ool T Under Glass

2

Tool 35

Insertion Position

Rotate Tilt & ool T Into Position

Wed ge

3

4 Tool

AUDI

REAR DOOR

Lock Button Lock Button

Slide tool in this direction to unlock door

Enlargement

From Inside Door

AUDI A6


Tool in working position AUDI008b-M1AUDI • 21 • Style04 • 1 •aud012



Page 43

AUDI

Audi A6 Sedan 1998 2011 Audi A3 4 door 2006 2012

Audi RS6 2004 2009 Audi S6 2003 2009

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

AUDI

Audi A6

Insert Jack Tool

Insert Air Wedge

Insert tool into door cavity

Manoeuvre tool to hook door lock handle

Pull door lock handle to unlock door

AUDI008b-M2AUDI • 670 • Style06 • 1 •Jackhand


AUDI

Page 44

Audi A8 Sedan 2001 2003 Audi A8 Sedan 1998 Audi A8 Wagon 1998 2003

Audi A8L Sedan 2001 2006 Audi S8 Sedan 2001 2003

TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL- 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR passenger door. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR Extreme caution should be used on this vehicle since the body is all Aluminum

AUDI

Tool 26


Audi A8


AUDI009AUDI • 1686 • Style02 • 1 •C2601


Audi

Page 45

Audi A8 Sedan 2012 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door Caution: This vehicle has an aluminum body and can be damaged very easily. This opening should only be used in extreme emergencies

Audi

Tool 78SG

AUDI009bAUDI • 1815 • Style00 • 1 •StartHand

Go To Index Page 46

Method - M1

AUDI

Audi A7 4 door 2011 2012

AUDI

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG with Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use under normal circumstances.

Pull handle

Tool


Tool 78SG

AUDI009cAUDI • 1776 • Style00 • 1 •Glasshdl


Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2012 Audi Allroad Wagon 1998 2005

Page 47

AUDI Audi Avant 1998 2005 Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2012

Tool: Inside Access Tool-35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Audi Q7




Hook door handle with end of tool

Pull door handle to unlock door

AUDI010-M1AUDI • 630 • Style06 • 1 •R3510

AUDI

Alternative method use Alternate starthand


AUDI

Page 48

Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2012 Audi AllRoad Wagon

Audi Avant Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2012

TOOL : JACK TOOL 1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle. 2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to 5 Unlock the vehicle. Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

AUDI

Tool 78SG

Audi Q7

Insert Jack Tool and Air Wedge

Insert long reach tool into door

Inflate Air Wedge to create working space

Pull door handle to unlock door

AUDI010-M2AUDI • 666 • Style05 • 1 •jackhand


Page 49

AUDI

Audi TT Roadster 2000 2006

Audi TT 2 DOOR 2000 2012

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool



PASSENGER DOOR

AUDI

Audi TT

Insert Wedge in Frameless Window


Insert Remote Access Tool Between Wedges

Hook Door Lock Handle and Pull Back

AUDI011AUDI • 340 • Style05 • 1 •R5004

Go To Index Page 50

Audi A5 Coupe 2008 2012 Audi R8 Copue 2008 2012

Method - M1

AUDI Audi S5 Copue 2008 2012

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use under normal circumstances.

AUDI

Tool

Handle Direction Tool


Tool 78SG

Audi012AUDI • 367 • Style00 • 1 •R5004

PASSENGER DOOR


Page 51

AUDI

Audi 1 Series Copue 2010 2012 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass an pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use under normal circumstances.

Tool

Direction Tool


Tool 78SG

Audi013AUDI • 1707 • Style00 • 1 •R5004

PASSENGER DOOR

AUDI

Handle


AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK

Page 52

Autocar All All Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool 1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room to insert the tool. .Insert the tool near the very rear of the front passenger side door. 3.Hook the linkage directly under the door lock button where it connects to the door lock latch. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK

Wedge

Linkage

Direction

Direction

Tool 102

Tool

All Autocar Heavy Duty Trucks.

Insert the tool at rear of passenger side door.

Lower tool directly under door lock button. Lift to unlock.

AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK001AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK • 1455 • Style03 • 1 •V8804HT


Page 53

BMW

BMW 325i 2006 2012 BMW 3 Series Framed Window 2000 2012 BMW 330i 2006 2012 BMW 5 Series 2001 2012 BMW 5 Series Wagon 2005 2012 BMW 550i 2005 2012

BMW 7 Series 2002 2009 BMW 745 2005 2008 BMW 760 2006 2008 BMW X3 2004 2009 BMW X5 2002 2009

Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack 1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door. 2. Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door. 3. Prepare two (2) tools for use, the first for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door. 4. Insert the first tool in the opening in the door . 5. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever. 6. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to unlock the door, the second to open the door. NOTE: This opening is intended for automobiles with framed windows and deadlock mechanisms.

Tool 78SG

Dashboar d

BMW

Push Door Lock Button To Release Deadlock

Use One Hand Jack t

Use Air Wedge To create opening

Push deadlock button on dash to release deadlock mechanism

Insert Long Reach Tool at top of door

Quickly pull door handle to unlock

BMW001BMW • 523 • Style05 • 1 •78Frame

Go To Index Page 54

Method - M1

BMW

BMW 645 2005 2012 BMW 3 Series Convertible 1997 2012 BMW 3 Series Coupe 2007 2012 BMW 3 Series 2008 2012 BMW 325ci 2006 2012

BMW 6 Series 2004 2012 BMW 650I 2006 2012 BMW M Coupe 2007 2010 BMW M Roadster 2007 2010 BMW M3 2000 2010

Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with GlassMan 1. Insert the GlassMan wedge in the window. 2. Prepare two (2) tools for use, the first for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door. 3. Insert the first tool in the opening created by the GlassMan wedge. 4. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever. 5. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to unlock the door, the second to open the door . NOTE : This opening is intended only for automobiles with frameless windows and deadlock mechanisms. Special Note: BMW is an expensive and delicate vehicle Use these openings Only in extreme emergency situations.

BMW

Tool 78SG

BMW 645

Insert Glass Master

Insert Flat Tool for Door Lock Button

Push Door Lock Button on Console

Insert SQM Tool for Door Handle

Pull Door Handle TWICE to Unlock

BMW006BMW • 338 • Style06 • 1 •78FRLess


BMW

Page 55

BMW 8 Series Upto 1998 Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame. 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM). 3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob. 4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any oF their method, use these opening methods. NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.

BMW

Tool 57

BMW009BMW • 825 • Style00 • 1 •V5701

Go To Index Page 56

BMW M Coupe 1998 2002 BMW 5 series upto 2000 BMW 6 Series upto 2003

Method - M1

BMW BMW 7 Series 4 door 1989 2001 BMW M Roadster 1998 2002 BMW M3 Coupe Upto 1999

BMW

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Use inside door handle of rear door as guide (See figure for position). 2. Separate glass from weather-strips. 3. Lower the tool into the door. 4. Tip of tool must go into the hole in doorframe. 5. Lift up on tool and hook bell crank (see fig.). NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell crank, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key, it is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N number. If the car is locked by any other method, use these opening methods. NOTE: Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45

V8802.eps


BMW


BMW010BMW • 114 • Style04 • 1 •V8802



BMW Z3 1997 2002 BMW Z4 2003 2009

Page 57

BMW BMW Z8 All

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 for position). 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see figure 2). 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool

Direction Tool


Tool 78SG

BMW013BMW • 1190 • Style00 • 1 •R5004

PASSENGER DOOR

BMW

Handle

Go To Index Page 58

Method - M1

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Chevrolet HT C Series Vertical Buttons and Vent Windows Pre 1989 Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104 1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle. 2) Insert the Vent window tool 103 3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool. 4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining therelease button depressed. 5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Tool 103-04 Insert #103 Vent Handle


Insert #104 Latch Button Tool

Chevrolet Medium Duty Trucks. Vent Windows and Vertical Buttons.

Insert Flat Vent tool under the vent window directly below the vent window latch handle.

Depress vent window latch lock button with flat tool while turning handle with other tool.

Keep the Button depresed while turning the handle. CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS001CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1456 • Style04 • 1 •R103-04



Page 59

Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002 Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. 5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown reversed. FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Tool 23 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Chevrolet Kodiack heavy duty truck

Lower the tool into the door at the very rear edge of the passenger door

Tool in working position. Hook top linkage.

View from inside the door. Move linkage forward to unlock. CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS002CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1457 • Style04 • 1 •H2337F



Page 60

Chevrolet HT 4500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2012 Chevrolet HT 5500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009

Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009

Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool 1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door. 2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door. 3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool. 4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.

Wedge

Tool 91 Gap In Shield

Shield


Move Tool

Gap In Shield

Move Tool

ENLARGEMENT

All C Series 2003 and later Medium and Heavy duty Truck Chassis


Tool in working position. Note tool is deep in door with tip at rear corner

Twist tool to move linkage to front of vehicle

View inside door. Tool hooks linkage at lower rear corner of door.

Close up of tool in action.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS003CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 330 • Style06 • 1 •H9101FHT


Page 61


Chevrolet HT Van Cab All Tool: 91 Downward Hook Tool 1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the center of the door. 2.Lower the tool on to the door lock linkage. 3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool 4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.

Wedge


Shield Move Tool

Gap In Shield


Move Tool

ENLARGEMENT

Chevrolet heavy duty van chassis is used with a variety of deifferent bed configurations

Insert the number 106 tool near the center of the door.

Lower the tool on top of the lock linkage. Twist the tool so the tip moves towards the front of the door.

When you have hooked the correct linkage you will see the door lock button move up

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS004CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1459 • Style04 • 1 •H9101FHT

Go To Index CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 62

Method - M1

Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2.Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Wedge

Pull Up Linkage

Chevrolet light duty cab over business class trucks


Pull Up

Tool 47

Tool in working position. Tool is only a few inches into the door.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1460 • Style03 • 1 •v4715HT



Page 63

Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995 Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Pull Up Linkage


Pull Up

Lift the tool up under the door lock button, to unlock the door.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M2CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1461 • Style02 • 1 •V2612HT


Wedge



Page 64

Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty 1996 2009 Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

Tool 26


Pull Up Linkage

Chevrolet W3500 and W4500

Pull Up

Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.

Lower tool below door lock button, lift tool under button to unlock.

View of the door lock button from the inside of the vehicle. CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS006CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1462 • Style04 • 1 •V2613HT


Page 65


Chevrolet HT T Series Medium Duty Pre 1995 Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool 1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage. 3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage. 4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck. 5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 23

Wedge

Direction

Chevrolet Medium Duty T Series trucks


Direction

Enlargement

Insert tool between glass and weather stripping.

Hook top linkage with tool tip. Move linkage to rear to unlock.


Close up of tool in action

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS007CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1468 • Style05 • 1 •H2340HT



Page 66

Chevrolet HT T Series Medium Duty 1996 2006 Tool: 105 Tool 1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door. 3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck. 4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage. 5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 105


Wedge

Tool

Direction

Direction

Chevrolet large and medium duty business class cab over trucks

Tool in insertion position.

Tool in working position.

View from inside the door.

Hook tool tip under lock linkage and lift to unlock.

View of door with panel.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS008CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1463 • Style06 • 1 •V10501HT


Page 67

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Dodge Magnum 2005 2008 Chrysler 300C 2005 2013 Chrysler 300C SRT 2005 2013 Chrysler 300M 1999 2004

Chrysler Aspen 2007 2009 Chrysler Cirrus 4 door 1995 2000 Chrysler Concorde 1998 2004

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Dodge Magnum




Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.

CHRYSLER002CHRYSLER • 1429 • Style05 • 1 •V4707


Tool 47



Page 68

Chrysler 200 2011 2013

Chrysler 200 Convertible 2011 2013

Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door


Tool 125

Chrysler 200

Tool In Working Position

close up of inside of door

inside of door

tool hooking linkage

CHRYSLER002b-M1CHRYSLER • 1789 • Style05 • 1 •V12501


Page 69


Chrysler 200 2011 2013 TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66 1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very far into the door. 3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram). 5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Chrysler 200

Tool insertion Position


Tool in working position CHRYSLER002b-M2CHRYSLER • 1827 • Style04 • 1 •H6603RD


Tool 66

Go To Index Page 70

Method - M1


Chrysler Crossfire Convertible 2005 2008 Chrysler Crossfire Coupe 2004 2008

Chrysler Crossfire SRT 6 2005 2006 Chrysler Crossfire Roadster 2005 2008

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. Note: Use of the Glass Master System is recommended!

Tool

Tool 78SG


Drivers DOOR ONLY

Handle Direction Tool Pull Back Handle to Unlock

Chrysler Crossfire

Drivers DOOR ONLY


Hook Door Handle.

Pull Door Handle to Open.

CHRYSLER006CHRYSLER • 563 • Style04 • 1 •R5009dd



Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002 Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1985 1989 Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1990 1993 Chrysler Imperial 1986 1989 Chrysler Imperial 1990 1993 Chrysler New Yorker 1986 1989 Chrysler New Yorker 1990 1993

Page 71

Chrysler New Yorker Salon 1990 1993 Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001 Dodge Ram 2500 Series 2002 2002 Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001 Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994

Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool. 5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.


Tool 22


INSER TION


CHRYSLER009-M1CHRYSLER • 535 • Style00 • 1 •V2201

Go To Index Page 72


Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994

Method - M2

Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997 Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997 Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994


Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26 For the above vehicles equipped with pop-up style locks 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2. Lower the tool into the door. 3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

CHRYSLER009-M2CHRYSLER • 799 • Style00 • 1 •V2601



Chrysler Laser 1984 1989 Chrysler LeBaron 2 Door 1982 1989 Chrysler LeBaron 4 Door 1982 1989 Chrysler Maserati TC 1989 1991 Chrysler Town & Country 1984 1990 Chrysler Town & Country Wagon Wagon 1984 1988 Dodge 600 1984 1988 Dodge Aries 1984 1988 Dodge Caravan 1984 1990

Page 73

Dodge Charger 1984 1990 Dodge Daytona 1984 1990 Dodge Lancer 1984 1989 Dodge Shelby Charger 1984 1990 Plymouth Caravelle 1984 1986 Plymouth Laser 1984 1989 Plymouth Reliant 1984 1988 Plymouth Voyager 1984 1990

Tool 23

CHRYSLER010CHRYSLER • 704 • Style00 • 1 •H2332F


Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Go To Index Page 74


Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1980 1985 Chrysler Imperial 1980 1985

Method - M1

Chrysler New Yorker 1980 1985


Tool: SLIM JIM This vehicle is equipped with a lazy pawl lock mechanism, and it can be opened as shown in the illustration below.

Tool SJ


CHRYSLER011CHRYSLER • 694 • Style00 • 1 •HSJ01



Chrysler LeBaron 1990 1995 Chrysler LeBaron Convertible 1990 1995 Chrysler LeBaron GTC Convertible 1990 1995

Page 75

Dodge Daytona 1990 1994 Dodge Monaco 1990 1992 Plymouth Grand Fury 1990 1991

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26 1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle. 2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip near the lock button. 3. the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping in front door. 4. the tool into the door. 5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up. 6. the lock button for movement. NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move.


Tool 26


Go To Index Page 76

Chrysler LHS 1994 2001 Chrysler Concorde 1993 1997 Chrysler New Yorker 1994 1995 Dodge Intrepid 1993 1997 Dodge Intrepid 1993 2006

Method - M1

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Dodge Intrepid 1998 2004 Dodge Stratus 4 Door 1995 2006 Eagle Vision 1993 1997 Plymouth Breeze 1996 2000

Tool :S’ Tool 47 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (see figure for position). 4. Hook linkage that runs from door lock pawl to door latch mechanism (see enlargement diagram below). 5. Pull straight up on tool to unlock door.


Tool 47

Chrysler LHS


View from inside the door

Close up of tool on linkage CHRYSLER014CHRYSLER • 697 • Style04 • 1 •V4704F



Page 77

Chrysler Pacifica Wagon 2004 2008 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door. 2. Insert an Air Wedge into the door and inflate. 3. Remove the wedge from the door. 4. Insert tool into the door. 5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button. 6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door. Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Chrysler Pacifica

Insert Wedge on Top Corner of Door.

Insert Air Wedge.

Pump Air Wedge to Inflate.

Insert Tool Directly Above Air Wedge.

Push Door Lock Button With Tool to Unlock Door.

CHRYSLER015CHRYSLER • 1366 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ02



Page 78

Chrysler Prowler 2001 2002

Plymouth Prowler 1999 2000

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (see figure for position). 4. Hook lock linkage with hooked end of tool. 5. Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to unlock the door.


Tool 23

Tool


Alternative method use Alternate AltGM

Chrysler Prowler




Close Up

CHRYSLER016CHRYSLER • 784 • Style05 • 1 •H2218FRD


Page 79


Chrysler PT Cruiser 4 Door 2001 2011

Chrysler PT Cruiser Convertible 2005 2008

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side front door to create an opening for the tool. 2. Lower the S’ tool into the door directly above the door handle. 3. Once lowered into the door, twist tool to hook door lock rod (See Photos 4 and 5) 4. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Chrysler PT Cruiser




Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod



Tool 47

Go To Index Page 80

Chrysler Sebring 1995 2000

Method - M1

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Dodge Avenger 1995 2000

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.


Tool 23




Move linkage to rear of car CHRYSLER018CHRYSLER • 1290 • Style04 • 1 •H2354B



Page 81

Chrysler Sebring Convertible 1996 2000 Tool: DOWNWARD BEND TOOL- 91 1 Insert Strip Saver and Wedge in passenger side door to create an opening for the tool. 2 Use the curved end of the tool, and point it towards the front of the car. Lower the tool approximately half way into the door, directly above the door handle (see diagram for position). 3 Twist tool handle to enable the working end of the tool to access the lock linkage. 4 Hook and bind lock linkage, and turn tool handle towards rear of car in order to move the linkage forward and unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

CHRYSLER SEBRING CONVERTIBLE




CHRYSLER019CHRYSLER • 1182 • Style04 • 1 •H9128F



Page 82

Chrysler Sebring 4 Door 2001 2006 Dodge Avenger 2008 2010

Dodge Charger 2006 2010

TOOL S ‘ TOOL - 47 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door. 2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle. 3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door lock button move. 4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.


Tool 47

CHRYSLER SEBRING







Page 83


Chrysler Sebring Convertible 2001 2006 Chrysler Sebring Coupe 2001 2006

Dodge Stratus Coupe 2001 2006 Dodge Stratus RT 2002 2006

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Use appropriate wedge (like the Glass Master Wedge System) to separate the glass and create working room. 2. Insert the tool into the vehicle. 3. Move the door lock button to with the tool to unlock the door. Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG


Chrysler Sebring

Insert Super Wedge and Tool in Opening

Reach Tool Across Door to Access Door Handle

Pull Door Handle to Unlock Door

CHRYSLER020bCHRYSLER • 1193 • Style04 • 1 •R5007



Page 84

Dodge Charger 2011 2013

Dodge Avenger 2010 2013

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

Dodge Charger


Inside of door


Tool hooking linkage CHRYSLER020cCHRYSLER • 1829 • Style05 • 1 •V4708


Page 85


Chrysler Town & Country 1991 2007 Chrysler Voyager 2001 2003 Dodge Caravan 1991 2007

Dodge Grand Caravan 1991 2007 Plymouth Voyager 1991 2000

TOOL: S’ Tool- 47 1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into the passenger side front door. 2. With tip facing rear of vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle. 3. Twist tool to hook lock linkage. 4. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 47 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

CHRYSLER TOWN & COUNTRY





CHRYSLER022CHRYSLER • 1297 • Style05 • 1 •v4708

Go To Index Page 86

Chrysler Sebring 2007 2012

Method - M1


Chrysler Sebring Convrtiblr 2007 2012

TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66 1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very far into the door. 3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram). 5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 66



INSER TION

Alternative method use Alternate alt47

Chrysler Sebring

Tool in insertion position. Use rear door.


Tool shown in working location.

View from inside the door. Note location of door lock rod.

Close up of tool in action. Hook lock rod and lift to unlock.

CHRYSLER023CHRYSLER • 767 • Style06 • 1 •H6603RD


Dodge Grand Caravan 2008 2012


Page 87

Chrysler Town & Country 2008 2012

TOOL - 47 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door. 2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle. 3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door lock button move. 4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.

Dodge Caravan


Chrysler025CHRYSLER • 1593 • Style03 • 1 •V4707



Tool 47

Go To Index Page 88

Method - M1


Dodge Challenger 2 Door 2009 2013 TOOL: 105 1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage. 4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.


Tool 105

Linkage

Alternative method use Alternate AltGMV

Dodge Chalenger

Tool 105

Closeup of tool lifting Linkage


Tool Under linkage Lift




Dodge Colt Horizontal 1986 1994 Dodge Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994 Eagle Summit 2 Door 1989 1992

Page 89

Plymouth Colt Horizontal 1986 1994 Plymouth Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.



Inside the door close-up DODGE009CHRYSLER • 703 • Style04 • 1 •H2351F

Inside the door


Tool 23

Go To Index Page 90


Dodge Dakota 1997 2000



Tool 47

DODGE017CHRYSLER • 933 • Style00 • 1 •V4704F

Method - M1



Dodge Dakota 2001 2004

Page 91

Dodge Durango 2001 2003

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip of the front passenger side door. 2. With the tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into he door, directly above the door handle. 3. Hook and bind the lower linkage (see diagram and photos for position). 4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle to unlock the door.


DODGE DAKOTA





DODGE018CHRYSLER • 1204 • Style05 • 1 •H2321F



Page 92

Dodge Durango 2004 2008 Dodge Dakota 2005 2012

Dodge Durango 1998 2000



Tool 47

Dodge Durango





DODGE019CHRYSLER • 1158 • Style05 • 1 •V4701


Page 93


Dodge Durango SUV 2011 2013 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Dodge Durango


Inside of door

tool hooking linkage

DODGE019bCHRYSLER • 1830 • Style05 • 1 •V4708




Page 94

Dodge Neon 2 door 1994 1999

Plymouth Neon 2 door 1994 1999

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door on top of lock linkage. 3. Twist tool to bind linkage. 4. Move tool forward.


Tool 23

DODGE NEON


Inside of door panel off.


Close-up of inside panel off.

DODGE025CHRYSLER • 831 • Style05 • 1 •H2353F


Dodge Neon 4 door 1994 1999


Page 95

Plymouth Neon 4 door 1994 1999

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 Use REAR DOOR 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip of the rear door with strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door. 4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage 5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside 6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.



DODGE026CHRYSLER • 832 • Style03 • 1 •H8206RD



Tool 82

Go To Index Page 96

Method - M1


Dodge Neon 4 door 2000 2005 Dodge Neon RT 4door 2002 2003

Dodge Neon SRT-4 2004 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 2. Using door lock button inside car as guide. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip. 3. Hook door lock rod just behind door lock button. 4. Gently push down and forward on tool. (Care should be taken since the plastic linkage inside may come loose.) NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move.


Tool 23



Close-up DODGE027CHRYSLER • 1145 • Style04 • 1 •H2357



Dodge Ram Truck 1979 1993


Page 97

Dodge Truck Full Size 1979 1993


Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

DODGE028CHRYSLER • 1353 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04



Go To Index Page 98

Method - M1


Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002 Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001

Dodge Ram 2500 Series 2002 2002 Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001

Tool : Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,you will see the door lock button move.


Tool 26

Dodge Ram 1500


View from inside the door DODGE029CHRYSLER • 534 • Style04 • 1 •V2601




Dodge Ram 2500, 3500 2004 2008 Dodge Ram 1500 2002 2008

Page 99

Dodge Ram Power Wagon 2004 2005 Dodge Ram SRT 2004 2009

TOOL: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight fit, be very gentle ) . 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower tool into the door. 4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fig.). 5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move. Instructions are for passenger side door.


DODGE RAM


Inside view of Tool in working position

Close Up





Page 100

Dodge Ram Van 1998 2003 Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 5. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool.


Tool 47

Linkage

DODGE RAM 2500 99

Tool and wedge in insertion position


Tool and wedge in working position

Close up of tool and linkage

DODGE031CHRYSLER • 1138 • Style05 • 1 •H4708


Dodge Spirit 1989 1995 Dodge Dakota 1988 1996 Dodge Diplomat 1982 1989 Dodge Dynasty 1988 1993 Dodge Omni 1983 1990 Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997 Dodge Shadow 1984 1994 Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997 Eagle Medallion


Page 101

Eagle Premier 1988 1992 Eagle Summit 4 DOOR 1989 1992 Eagle Summit Wagon 4 DOOR 1989 1992 Plymouth Acclaim 1989 1995 Plymouth Duster 1984 1994 Plymouth Horizon 1983 1990 Plymouth Sundance 1984 1994 Plymouth Van Full Size 1985 1997

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2. Lower the tool into the door. 3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.


Tool in working position DODGE033CHRYSLER • 87 • Style03 • 1 •V2601

Door without inside panel


Tool 26

Go To Index Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Page 102

Method - M1

Dodge Sprinter 2004 2009


TOOL: 101 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather striping. 2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle. Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram). 3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle. 4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to find the electronic door lock actuator. 5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.

Tool 101

Dodge Sprinter


DODGE034CHRYSLER • 1157 • Style02 • 1 •Sprinter


Page 103


Dodge Stealth 1991 1999

Chrysler Conquest 1984 1989

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car. 3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below. 4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door. 6. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram). NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement. NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Rotate

Linkage Lock Linkage

Direction

DODGE STEALTH


Bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle DODGE035CHRYSLER • 713 • Style04 • 1 •H9123F


Go To Index Page 104

Method - M2


Dodge Nitro 2007 2012 Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame. 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM). 3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob. 4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther method, use these opening methods. NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.


Tool 57

Dodge Nitro

Insert jack tool

Insert air wedge at top of door

Pump air wedge to create opening in door

Insert strip tool into door

Hook door lock button and pull to unlock



Page 105


Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009 Dodge 3500 Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2012

Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2012 Dodge Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2009

Tool 120 1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping 2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the piece the windows slides down in) 3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage 4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.


V8806.eps

Dodge 4500

Tool in insertion Position

Notice the tool Is inserted behind the window run channel


Tool lifting the linkage behind the run channel

Dodge040-M1CHRYSLER • 1616 • Style05 • 1 •V12001

Go To Index Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Page 106

Method - M1

Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2011 2012


Tool 120 1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping 2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the piece the windows slides down in) 3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage 4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.

V8806.eps

Tool 120

Dodge040-M1bCHRYSLER • 1764 • Style00 • 1 •V12001


Page 107


Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2009 2009

Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2012


Tool 47

Wedge


Tool Linkage Pull Up

Pull Up

Dodge 4500

Insert tool in position shown


Lower tool into door. Hook door lock rod w/ tip of tool an lift tool to unlock door

View from Inside

Dodge040-M2CHRYSLER • 366 • Style05 • 1 •V4717HT


Method - M2


Dodge Journey 2008 2012


TOOL: 105 1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage. 4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Dodge Journey


Dodge041CHRYSLER • 601 • Style03 • 1 •V10511



Page 109


Dodge Caliber 2006 2012

Dodge Caliber SRT 2006 2012



Dodge Caliber





Dodge043CHRYSLER • 699 • Style05 • 1 •V10511


Method - M1


Dodge Ram 1500 2009 2012 Dodge Pickup 1500 2009 2012

Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2012 Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2012

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1 Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

Dodge Ram 1500

Create working room with wedge and Strip Saver

Bind linkage and lift Dodge044CHRYSLER • 1689 • Style04 • 1 •V4701

Lower tool into the door as shown


Page 111


Eagle Talon 1995 1999 Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.


Rotate Tool to Bind Linkage

Lock Linkage

Direction

ENLARGEMENT

EAGLE TALON





EAGLE005CHRYSLER • 1120 • Style05 • 1 •H2355F


Method - M1


Plymouth Laser 1990 1994

Eagle Talon 1990 1994

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.


Tool 23

Insertion position

Working position


Close up of tool PLYMOUTH009CHRYSLER • 706 • Style04 • 1 •H2352B


Daewoo Lanos 2 Door 1998 2002

Page 113

DAEWOO Daewoo Lanos Sport Hatch Back

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car. 3.Insert tool into the door cavity. 4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool. 5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23

DAEWOO

DAEWOO LANOS


Close up of Tool in Action. Move Linkage to Front DAEWOO001DAEWOO • 785 • Style04 • 1 •H2375F



DAEWOO

Page 114

Daewoo Lanos 4 Door 1998 2002 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car. 3.Insert tool into the door cavity. 4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool. 5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

DAEWOO

Tool 23

DAEWOO LANOS 4 Door





DAEWOO002DAEWOO • 1150 • Style05 • 1 •H2367F


Page 115

DAEWOO

Daewoo Leganza 4 DOOR 1998 2002 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car. 3.Insert tool into the door cavity. 4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool. 5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23

DAEWOO

DAEWOO LEGANZA


Close up of tool DAEWOO003DAEWOO • 786 • Style04 • 1 •H2366F



DAEWOO

Page 116

Daewoo Nubira 4 Door 1998 2002

Daewoo Nubira Wagon 1998 2002

TOOL: ‘S ‘ TOOL - 47 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door. 2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle. 3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door lock button move. 4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.

DAEWOO

Tool 47

DAEWOO NUBIRA





DAEWOO004DAEWOO • 1189 • Style05 • 1 •V4707


Daihatsu Charade 3 door/All All

DAIHATSU

Page 117

Daihatsu Charade 4 door/All All

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

DAIHATSU

Tool 26

DAIHATSU001DAIHATSU • 714 • Style00 • 1 •V2601

Go To Index FERRARI

Page 118

Method - M1

Ferrari GTS All Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into the door. 4. Hook the door lock linkage. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move. Note Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

FERRARI

Tool 88-45

Tool


V8802.eps


Ferrari GTS


FERRARI001FERRARI • 716 • Style03 • 1 •V8802



FIAT

Page 119

Fiat All All Tool: Slim Jim (SJ) These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl. You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door lock. Refer to the illustrations below.

FIAT

Tool SJ

FIAT001FIAT • 718 • Style00 • 1 •LPSJ01

Go To Index FIAT

Page 120

Method - M1

Fiat X/19 All

FIAT

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into the door (See figure). 4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows the passenger side door. Instructions are for either front door.

V8803.eps

Tool 88-45

FIAT002FIAT • 717 • Style00 • 1 •V8803


FIAT 500 Coup 2011 2013

Page 121

FIAT FIAT 500C Coupe 2011 2013

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

FIAT

Fiat 500

Use the access smart light to see through tinted windows

Use the starter Air Jack to

Insert the Air Jack to create sufficient room for Long reach Tool

Insert the long reach tool

Pull the door Handle To unlock door

FIAT003FIAT • 1831 • Style06 • 1 •StartHand


Ford Lincoln Mercury

Mercury Mountaineer 1997 2001

Ford Explorer 1991 2001


TOOL: S’ TOOL - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

FORD004aFORD • 1289 • Style00 • 1 •V4701

Method - M1


Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1998


Page 123

Ford Bronco II 1983 1996



Tool 103-04

FORD004M1FORD • 652 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04





Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1996

Ford Bronco II 1983 1996


Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

FORD004M2FORD • 651 • Style00 • 1 •V4701

Method - M2


Ford Contour 1995 2000

Page 125

Ford Lincoln Mercury Mercury Mystique 1995 2000

TOOL: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22 1. Insert wedge between the glass and weather-stripping on the REAR DOOR. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 3. Lower the tool into the car door. 4. Hook the lever at the bottom of the latch mechanism. 5. Turn tool handle towards rear of car.

Tool 22

Ford Contour



FORD005-M1FORD • 731 • Style04 • 1 •H2215F



Alternative method use Alternate altohj



Page 126

Ford Contour 1995 2000

Mercury Mystique 1995 2000

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4). 7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 65

Ford Contour




Push in door lock button to unlock

FORD005-M2FORD • 732 • Style05 • 1 •R6504


Page 127


Ford Crown Victoria 1985 2007 Ford 500 2006 2007 Ford Taurus Four Door 2008 2009 Ford TaurusX 2008 2009 Ford Thunderbird 1989 1997 Lincoln Continental 1989 1995 Lincoln Continental 1996 2002 Lincoln Navigator 1997 2006

Lincoln Town Car 1998 2012 Mercury Cougar 1989 1997 Mercury Cougar 1989 1997 Mercury Grand Marquis 1985 2011 Mercury Marauder 2003 2004 Mercury Montego 2005 2007 Mercury Sable 4 Door 2008 2009

Tool: The ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver and the window. 2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47 Ford Lincoln Mercury



Close up of tool FORD007FORD • 1519 • Style04 • 1 •V4702



Ford Edge 2007 2010

Method - M1

Ford Lincoln Mercury Lincoln MKX 2007 2010

Tool: 125 Tool 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.


Tool 125

Ford Edge


View of door without panel FORD009FORD • 1418 • Style04 • 1 •V12501



Page 129


Ford Edge 2011 2013

Lincoln MKX 2011 2013

Tool: 125 Tool 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125


Ford Edge



Inside of door

FORD009BFORD • 1835 • Style04 • 1 •V12501

Tool being inserted


Ford Escape 2001 2013 Ford Escape Hybrid 2005 2013

Method - M1

Ford Lincoln Mercury Mercury Mariner 2001 2010

TOOL: 77 Tool 1.Loosen and remove the license plate’ s left side light directly above the license plate. 2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity. 3.Hook door lock activator bell crank. 4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.


Tool 77


Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver

Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity



Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up

Close up of Tool in Action. Move upwards to Move Lacth and Unlock

FORD010FORD • 1221 • Style06 • 1 •H7703RD


Mercury Zephyr 1983 1990 Ford Aspire 1994 1997 Ford Escort 1983 1995 Ford EXP 1983 1990 Ford Fairmont 1983 1990 Ford Festiva 1988 1994

Page 131


Ford Granada All Mercury Capri 1983 1993 Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994 Mercury Topaz 1984 1994 Mercury Tracer 1991 2000

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2. Lower the tool into the door. 3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button inside the car.

Mercury Topaz


FORD012-M1FORD • 360 • Style03 • 1 •V2601



Tool 26


Mercury Tracer 1991 2000 Ford Aspire 1994 1997 Ford Escort 1983 1995 Ford EXP 1983 1990 Ford Fairmont 1983 1990

Method - M2


Ford Festiva 1988 1994 Mercury Capri 1983 1986 Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994 Mercury Topaz 1984 1994 Mercury Zephyr 1991 2000

Tool: ‘S’ TOOL 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool


Tool 47

Mercury Tracer


Tool in working position FORD012-M2FORD • 729 • Style04 • 1 •V4702



Page 133


Ford Excursion 2000 2005 Ford Expedition 1997 2006 Ford Expedition SUV 2007 2012 Ford Explorer 2006 2010 Ford Explorer Sport 2 Door 2001 2003 Ford Explorer Sport-Trac 2006 2010

Ford Ranger New Style 1989 2012 Ford XLS 2004 2006 Lincoln Navigator 2007 2011 Lincoln Navigator XL 2008 2011 Mercury Mountaineer 2006 2011

Tool: S TOOL- 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


FORD EXCURSION




Close up of tool inside door

FORD013FORD • 1075 • Style05 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1


Ford Explorer 2011 2013 TOOL: S’ TOOL - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

Alternative method use Alternate STARTV

Ford Explorer


tool in working position

door with panel Off

Tool Hooking Linkage

Close up of tool hooking linkage

FORD013BFORD • 1797 • Style06 • 1 •V4708


Page 135




TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1 Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side front door. 2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage 4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool. 5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the linkage forward. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86


H8621F.eps

Ford Explorer

Tool Insertion Position

Hook linkage and bind and it move to the front



FORD015-M1FORD • 1225 • Style05 • 1 •H8621F


Method - M2




TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1) Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side REAR door. 2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage 4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool. 5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the linkage forward Note: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.


Tool 86

H8624FRD.eps



Close up of tool in action FORD015-M2FORD • 1671 • Style04 • 1 •H8624FRD

Hook linkage and bind and move it to the front


Page 137


Ford Explorer Sport-Track 4 Door 2001 2005 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door. 2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown. 3.Lower tool into door. 4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.

Wedge

Linkage Tool 23

Move to front

Move to front

REAR DOOR



FORD018FORD • 1184 • Style03 • 1 •H2371F

Tool in Opening Position


Linkage


Method - M1


Ford F-150 1985 1996

Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996



Tool 26

Ford F-150





Ford F-150 1985 1996


Page 139

Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996

Tool: Vent Wind Tools 103 & 104 1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle. 2) Insert the Vent window tool 103 3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool. 4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed. 5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.


Tool 103-04

FORD020-M2FORD • 1172 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04




Method - M1


Ford F-150 2004 2012 Ford Crew Cab F Series 4 door 2001 2003 Ford F Series 1997 2003 Ford F-150 1997 2003

Ford F-250/550 2004 2012 Ford SVT Lightning 2004 2008 Ford Truck Full Size 1997 2003 Lincoln Blackwood 2002 2003



Tool 47

Ford F-150





FORD021FORD • 1367 • Style05 • 1 •V4701


Page 141


Mercury Villager 1993 2002 Tool: ‘S’ TOOL - 47 1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Lift the tool as to hook the lock linkage. 5. Lift lock linkage upwards. REMINDER: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC tool.


ENLARGEMENT



Close up of tool in action FORD022FORD • 727 • Style04 • 2 •H4703



Method - M1


Ford Focus 3 door 2000 2007 Ford Focus 2 door 2000 2007 Ford SVT ZX5 ZT5 ZTW ZX3 2000 2007

Ford SVT Focus 2004 2007 Mercury Cougar 1999 2002

TOOL: 67 1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door. 3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism 4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.


Tool 67

ENLARGEMENT


FORD FOCUS



Place tool under bell crank and lift.

Close up of tool and bell crank.

View of tool and bell crank from reverse angle.

FORD023FORD • 443 • Style06 • 1 •H6701


Ford Freestar 2004 2007 Ford Aerostar 1987 1997

Page 143

Ford Lincoln Mercury Ford Windstar 1994 2003


Tool 47



Ford Freestar


FORD024FORD • 1368 • Style03 • 1 •V4701



Ford Fusion 2006 2009 Lincoln MKZ 4 door 2007 2009

Method - M1

Ford Lincoln Mercury Lincoln Zephyr 2006 Mercury Milan 2006 2009

Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower the tool into the door 5. Lift the tool up on the inside of the door 6.Slide tool forward in door. 7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 89


Ford Fusion




Hook door lock button to unlock

Close up of tool tip on door lock button

FORD026FORD • 1402 • Style06 • 1 •R8901FD


Ford Mustang 1983 2004


Page 145

Ford SVT Mustang Cobra 2004 2004


Tool 47



FORD MUSTANG





Method - M1


Ford Mustang 2 door 2005 2012 Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1 Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. 3. Lower the tool while turning tool so handle points away from car 4. Move tool up and down as to hook lever on door lock mechanism. NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side front door.


Tool 88-45

V8806.eps


Ford Mustang

Tool In working Position

FORD027b-M1FORD • 1521 • Style03 • 1 •V8806

Tool under linkage


Ford Probe 1993 1997

Page 147

Ford Lincoln Mercury Mercury Monterey 2004 2007


Ford Probe





Tool 47


Method - M1


Ford Freestyle 2005 2007



Tool 47

Freestyle

Insertion


Working Position


Ford Taurus 1985 1991 Ford Tempo 1984 1994 Ford Thunderbird 1984 1988 Mercury Cougar 1984 1988

Page 149

Ford Lincoln Mercury Mercury LN7 1983 1990 Mercury Lynx 1983 1990 Mercury Sable 1985 1991

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL (large side) 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on rear of door. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Raise the door lock button using the tip of tool as shown in diagram. Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

INSER TION


Ford Taurus


FORD032FORD • 807 • Style03 • 1 •V2601





Method - M1


Ford Taurus 1992 1995 Ford Country Squire 1981 1991 Ford Crown Victoria 1981 1991

Ford LTD 1982 1991 Mercury Sable 1992 1995

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR DOOR. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Hook the bell crank with the tip of the tool and lift. Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.


Tool 88-45

H8811RD.eps

Tool in insertion position on rear passenger door

Tool in working position on rear passenger door

Door without inside panel. Tool approx. 8” down into door FORD033FORD • 723 • Style04 • 1 •H8811RD


Close-up of door without inside panel


Page 151


Ford Taurus 1996 2006

Mercury Sable 1996 2005

TOOL: Tool- 47 1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Insert tool into door at position show in diagram. 3. Twist tool to hook and bind lock rod. 4. Lift tool straight up to unlock door.

Tool 47


FORD TAURUS


View without inside door panel.


Close up of tool without inside door panel.

FORD034FORD • 1077 • Style05 • 1 •H4707


Method - M1


Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2012 Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 35

Transit Conect

Make Room for tool with Wedge

Lower the tool and Bring it up on the inside of the vehicle

Move the tool into position

Use the tip to move the lock button

Close up

Ford035FORD • 1735 • Style06 • 1 •R3502



Page 153

Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2012 Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack 1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door. 2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door. 3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door . 5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.


Tool 78SG

Ford035BFORD • 1840 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj



Ford Cmax 2012 2013


Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack 1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door. 2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door. 3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door . 5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

FORD039FORD • 1795 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj

Method - M1


Page 155


Ford Econoline 2008 2012 Ford Club Wagon Van 1992 2005 Ford E Series Van 2001 2005 Ford Econoline 1985 1991

Ford Econoline 1985 1991 Ford Econoline Van 1998 2005 Ford Van Full Size 1985 1991 Ford Van Full Size 1992 2005



Ford Econoline

Name Plate

Tool in Working Posiiton Ford043FORD • 1594 • Style04 • 1 •V4701

Tool in Insertion Position.



Page 156

Ford Focus 2008 2011 Ford Escort 1996 1998

Ford Escort ZX2 1998 2003




Tool 47

INSER TION

Ford Focus


Ford044FORD • 1595 • Style03 • 1 •Alt47



Ford Focus 4 door 2012 2013

Page 157

Ford Lincoln Mercury Ford Focus 5 door Hatch 2012 2013


Tool 78SG


Ford Focus

Use the Jack tool to create working room

Insert an air Jack tool

Insert the second air jack leg


Pull the door handle to unlock the door

Ford044BFORD • 1703 • Style06 • 1 •jackhand



Page 158

Ford Fiesta 4 door 2011 2013

Ford Fiesta 5 door Hatch 2011 2013

Instructions “TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door handle. 6. Pull the door handlee with the tip of the tool NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.”


Tool 89

Ford Fiesta

Lower the tool into the door

Pull the door handle

Pull the tool up on the inside of the door

Use the Tip of the tool to pull the door handle

Ford045-M1FORD • 1639 • Style05 • 1 •R3506


Ford Fiesta 4 door 2011 2013

Page 159

Ford Lincoln Mercury Ford Fiesta 5 door Hatch 2011 2013


Tool 78SG


Insert the Tool use the Strip savers and wedgee to make room

Use the Jack Tool to create working room to insert the Air Jack

Insert the Air Jack

Inflate the Air jack to create room to insert the Long Reach Tool


Use the tip of the tool to pull the door handle

Ford045-M2FORD • 1838 • Style06 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1


Ford Flex 2009 2012 Tool: 125 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.5. Lift tool to unlock the door.


Tool 125

Ford Flex


Tool in Working Position Ford063FORD • 1626 • Style04 • 1 •V12501

Twist tool to insert


Page 161


Lincoln MKT Crossover 2010 2012 Tool: 125 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4. Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Lincoln MKT


Insert the tool intot he door


Lift the tool hooking the door lock

Ford063bFORD • 1674 • Style05 • 1 •V12501


Alternative method use Alternate Starthand


Method - M1


Lincoln MKS 2010 2011

Ford Taurus 2010 2012

Tool: 114 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4. Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5. Lift tool to unlock the door.


Tool 114


Lincoln MKS

Insert wedge

Insert tool into door by the left edge of the door handle


Bind the linkage and lift

Close up of the linkage

FORD064FORD • 1670 • Style06 • 1 •V11401


Ford Fusion 2010 2012 Lincoln MKZ 2010 2012


Page 163

Mercury Milan 2010 2012

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.


Tool 78sg

FORD066FORD • 1640 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1


Lincoln Aviator 2003 2005 Tool: Double Bend Tool- 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into the door and hook door lock rod with tip of tool and lift. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move. .


Tool 88-20

Lincoln Aviator






LINCOLN001FORD • 1336 • Style06 • 1 •V8813


Lincoln Mark LT 2006 2008


Page 165

Lincoln Mark VIII 1993 1998



Tool 47




Page 166

Lincoln LS Series 2000 2006 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 65

Lincoln LS


Tool Under Window


Rotate Tool Handle to Move Lock Button and Unlock Door

LINCOLN006FORD • 1133 • Style05 • 1 •R3501



Page 167

Lincoln Mark VII 1987 1992 TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26 1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle. 2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping near the lock button. 3. the tool between the glass and the weather stripping. 4. the tool into the door. 5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up. 6. the lock button for movement.


Tool 26


INSER TION

Alternative method use Alternate ALT47



Lincoln Town Car 1990 1997 Lincoln Continental 1980 1988 Lincoln Town Car 1985 1989

Method - M1

Ford Lincoln Mercury Mercury Merkur All Mercury Scorpio Mercury XR4Ti All

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) . 4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rock the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the linkage forward. Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will see the lock button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.


Tool 91L


Lincoln Town Car 1990-1997


Close up of tool inside door LINCOLN014FORD • 809 • Style04 • 1 •H9120F

View from inside door


Page 169

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford HT All Pre 1996 Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool 1. Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch. 2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch. 3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool. 4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window. 5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Tool 103-04 Insert #104 Latch Button Tool


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford AeroMax Pre 1996

Insert tool in the vent window directly under the vent window latch.

Twist the tool in order to bring the tip of the tool under the vent window latch.

Turn the latch to the right with the tip of the tool unlocking the window.

Close up of tool lifting latch lever. Once the window is open reach into vehicle to unlock.

View from inside cab. Latch does not have a lock.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1464 • Style06 • 1 •R103-04


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 170

Ford HT All Pre 1996 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge


Pull Up

Tool 47

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1578 • Style00 • 1 •V4717HT


Page 171

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford HT All 1996 1998 1/2 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

Tool 47

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS


Pull Up

All Ford trucks from 1996 to 1998 1/2


Hook lock linkage with tool tip and lift to unlock

Tool is shown in working position. FORD HEAVY TRUCKS002FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1465 • Style04 • 1 •V4717HT


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 172

Ford HT Cargo 6000 Cab Over All Ford HT Cargo 7000 Cab Over

Ford HT Cargo 8000 Cab Over All

Tool: 105 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Tool 105

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Direction

Direction

Linkage

Ford Medium duty cab over Cargo 6000, Cargo 7000, Cargo 8000



View from inside the door indicating tool position.

Approximate tool position.


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS003FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 934 • Style06 • 1 •V10502HT


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford HT F350, F450, 550 Medium Duty Pre-1996 Ford HT F650, F750 Medium Duty

Page 173

Ford HT F800 Medium Duty Upto 1996

Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool 1 Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch. 2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch. 3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool. 4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window. 5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

2

Twist tool around the handle

Hook lever with tip of

Tool 103-04

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS004FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 935 • Style00 • 1 •R10301

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Insert Vent Handle Tool


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 174

Ford HT Cab Over Heavy Duty Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Tool 26

Pull Up

Pull Up Tool Linkage

Ford Heavy Duty Cab Over

Tool is shown in the insertion position

Lower the tool into the door directly behind the door lock button.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS006FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1467 • Style03 • 1 •V2614HT


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford HT F350, F450, 550 Medium Duty 1997 2007 Ford HT F650, F750 Medium Duty 1997 2012

Page 175

Ford HT F850 Medium Duty 1997 2012


FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 47

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS007FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1466 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford F Series Cab Chasssis 2004 2012

Ford HT F350/F450/F550 Medium Duty 2008 2012

Tool: 125 Tool 1 Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 125

Ford F450 Cab Chasis


Lower tool into the door with tip parralell to the door.

Tool in Working Position. FORD HEAVY TRUCKS008FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 9 • Style04 • 1 •V12501


Page 177

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford HT F650 Heavy Duty 2007 2012 Tool: 114 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS


Ford F650



FORD HEAVY TRUCKS009FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 828 • Style03 • 1 •V11401


FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 178

Freightliner Century Classic All Freightliner All other Freightliners Heavy Duty All

Freightliner Classic XL All Freightliner Colombia Series



Wedge

Tool 26

Direction

Direction Linkage

Freightliner Century Classic

Insert the tool into the door near the door lock button


FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS002FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1470 • Style03 • 1 •V2615HT


Page 179


Freightliner FL Series All Freightliner FL112 All

Freightliner FL60, FL70 Freightliner FL80 All

Tool: 102 Upward B end Tool 1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Tool 102

Wedge


Direction

Direction

Linkage

Freighltliner FL Series Truck


View of tool location with door panel


View of tool location without door panel




Page 180

Freightliner Cab Over Heavy Duty All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.


Wedge

Tool 26

Direction

Direction Linkage

Freightliner Heavy Duty cab over



Lift the tool under the door lock button to unlock the door FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS004FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1579 • Style04 • 1 •V2615HT



Page 181

Freightliner Sprinter 2004 2012 TOOL: 101 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather striping. 2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle. Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram). 3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle. 4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to find the electronic door lock actuator. 5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.

Freightliner Sprinter

Insert your strip savers and wedger. Tool in insertion position.

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS005FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1580 • Style02 • 1 •Sprinter


Tool 101



Page 182

Freightliner M2 All Tool: 105 1 Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. This is a shallow drop. 3.Twist the tool to position the end directly under the door lock button. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Tool 105


Lift

Door Lock Button

The Freightliner M2 2003



Tool at approximate working position. Note position is high in door.

View of door lock button




Page 183

Freightliner FLD Series All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Direction

Direction Linkage

Freightliner FLD series


FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS006bFREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1469 • Style02 • 1 •V2615HT


Wedge

Go To Index FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 184

Method - M1

Freightliner Columbia Class All Tool: 102 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool to unlock the door . 4. The door will open without puling the handle


Wedge

Tool 102

Tool

Direction

Direction

Freightliner Columbia Class




Push down to unlock



GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Buick Electra 4 door 1980 1984 Buick Century 4 door 1980 1982 Buick Park Avenue 4 door 1980 1984 Buick Regal Wagon Wagon 1982 1986 Chevrolet Chevette 1980 1987 Chevrolet Malibu Wagon 1982 1986 Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1982 1986

Page 185

Oldsmobile 98 4 door 1980 1984 Oldsmobile Cutlass 4 door 1982 1986 Oldsmobile Cutlass Cruiser 4 door 1982 1986 Oldsmobile Cutlass Wagon 4 door 1982 1986 Pontiac Bonneville 4 Door 1982 1986 Pontiac Lemans 1982 1993 Pontiac T1000 1982 1984

V8801.eps

Tool 88-45


INSER TION

Alternative method use Alternate Alt47 BUICK001GM • 521 • Style00 • 1 •V8801


Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Position tool so that the tip is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button. 2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower tool in to door while turning tool tip of tool points towards the door latch mechanism. 4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank. NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move. ILLUSTRATION SHOWS PASSENGER SIDE FRONT DOOR. INSTRUCTIONS WILL WORK ON EITHER FRONT DOOR.




Buick Century 2 & 4 Door 1984 1996 Oldsmobile Cierra Wagon 1992 1996 Oldsmobile Cutlass Cierra 1985 1996

Method - M1

Oldsmobile Frienza 2, 4 Door, Wagon 1982 1988 Oldsmobile Omega 1980 1985 Pontiac 6000/STE 4 Door 1984 1992

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. 5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown reversed. FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Tool 23


Buick Century

Insert tool with tip approximately 6” from edge of door BUICK002GM • 1299 • Style03 • 1 •H2337F



Buick LaCrosse 2005 2009 Chevrolet Impala 2006 2012


Page 187

Chevrolet Impala SS 2006 2012


Buick LaCrosse


BUICK004GM • 1424 • Style03 • 1 •V4707



Tool 47


Method - M1


Buick LeSabre 4 door 2000 2005 Chevrolet Lumina 1995 2001

Pontiac Sunfire 4 Door 1995 2002 Pontiac Sunfire 2 Door 1995 2004


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and insert tool. 3. Lower the tool into door cavity (as shown in diagram). 4. Rotate the tool handle in order to bind the linkage. 5. Turn tool handle so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

BUICK LESABRE


View from inside door without panel


Close up of tool, door lock rods and linkage

BUICK009GM • 1141 • Style05 • 1 •H2312F



Buick Park Avenue 1998 2005 Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1998 2005 Cadillac El Dorado 1986 1991

Page 189

Cadillac Seville 1986 1991 Cadillac Seville STS 1986 1991

Tool 35


BUICK PARK AVENUE


Lower Tool Under Glass

Tool Working Inside the Car

Flip Electronic Lock Button

Close up of Tool on Lock Button

BUICK011GM • 811 • Style06 • 1 •R3503


Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.



Method - M1

Buick Reatta 1988 1991


Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. You must insert the tip of the tool through a small cavity in the door (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the bell crank forward. 5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

H8808.eps


A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move forward. D - Lock bell crank. BUICK013GM • 787 • Style03 • 1 •H8808

Tool 88-20

A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move forward. D - Unlock bell crank.



Buick Regal 2 door 1980 1987 Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 door 1980 1989 Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 Door 1980 1987

Page 191

Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme Hatchback 3 Door 1980 1984 Pontiac Grand Prix 2 door 1980 1987

Tool 91L

Buick Regal

Tool in insertion position BUICK014GM • 1106 • Style03 • 1 •H9130F



Tool: Downward Hook Tool 91 1. Point tool towards rear of car. 2. Insert tool at front of outside door handle between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower tool into door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. (SEE FIG.) 5. Twist tool so as move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: If you have contacted the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door button inside the car move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door.


Method - M1


Buick Rendezvous Ultra 2004 2006

Buick Rendezvous 2002 2007


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Turn the handle away from the vehicle to access the top linkage. 4.Hook and bind the linkage, then turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23

BUICK RENDEZVOUS




Close up of tool in working position

BUICK017GM • 357 • Style05 • 1 •H2377F



Page 193

Buick Riviera 2 Door 1994 1999

Tool 86

H8603F.eps

BUICK RIVIERA


BUICK018GM • 816 • Style03 • 1 •H8603F


Close up of tool


Tool: TRIPLE HOOK TOOL - 86 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION). 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to 6 move the linkage towards the front of the door. 7. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.



Buick Roadmaster Estate Wagon 1991 1996 Chevrolet Caprice Classic 4 door 1991 1996 Chevrolet Caprice Wagon 4 Door 1991 1996

Method - M1

Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 1994 1996 Oldsmobile Custom Cruiser Wagon 1991 1996 Oldsmobile Cutlass 1997 2000


Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram. 3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L




View from inside the door BUICK020GM • 665 • Style04 • 1 •H9111F

Close up of tool in door



Buick Regal Somerset 2 & 4 Door 1986 1987 Buick Skylark 4 Door 1986 1997

Page 195

Buick Skylark 2 Door 1987 1991

Tool 86

BUICK022GM • 407 • Style00 • 1 •H8613F


Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you. 3. Lower below the linkage and lift. 4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. 5. Move tip of tool forward. 6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.



Method - M2

Buick Regal 4 door 2011 2013


Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Buick Regal




hook the linkage

close up

BUICK023-M1GM • 1778 • Style06 • 1 •V12501



Page 197

Buick Regal 4 door 2011 2013 Tool- 78SG With the one hand Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Buick Regal

Use the One Hand Jack to make working room

insert the air jack and Inf

Inflate the air jack

engage the door lock handle

pull the handle to unlock the door

BUICK023-M2GM • 813 • Style06 • 1 •jackhand


Tool 78SG



Method - M1

Buick Regal 2 door 2008 2010



Tool 125

BUICK023bGM • 1710 • Style00 • 1 •V12501



Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2004 Buick Teraza 2005 2007 Chevrolet Uplander 2005 2009 Chevrolet Venture 1997 2004

Page 199

Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004 Pontiac Montana 1997 2004 Saturn Relay 2005 2007

Tool: Ford Cable Tool - 67 1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle and lower tool into the doorn at an angle (See Diagram for Position). 3. Insert the tip of the tool through the gap between the inner door frame and the window mechanism. 4. Push the linkage forward with the tip of the tool.



Close up of tool and linkage BUICK024-M1GM • 283 • Style04 • 1 •H6702F



Tool 67



Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2004 Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004

Method - M2

Pontiac Montana 1997 2004 Pontiac Montana SVX 2005 2007


TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle, insert the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping. 3. Lower the tool into the door and slide the tip of the tool towards rear of the vehicle so that the tip enters the cavity between the linkage shield and the window regulator (SEE ILLUSTRATION). 4. Turn tool to move linkage towards FRONT of vehicle.

Tool 88-20

H8803F.eps



Close up of tool and linkage BUICK024-M2GM • 282 • Style04 • 1 •H8803F




Buick La cross Seda 2010 2012

Page 201

Buick Verano 4 Door 2012 2013



Buick LA Cross

Tool Before Insertion

Tool in working Position

Insert tool tip Facing Down

Grasp the linkage with the tip of the tool

BUICK025GM • 1709 • Style05 • 1 •V12501


Tool 125



Cadillac Allanté 1987 1991


Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 2. Lower tool into door using illustration for position. 3. Hook bell crank and pull on tool. 4. When you hook with the correct bell crank, you will see the door lock lever move. 5. Pull up on tool to unlock door.

H8809.eps

Tool 88-45

Tool



CADILLAC001GM • 801 • Style00 • 1 •H8809

Method - M1



Page 203

Cadillac Allanté 1992 1993 Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate the glass and weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into door at the position shown below. 3. Locate the lock mechanism at the rear of the door. 4. Lower the tool underneath the lock mechanism and lift on the latch release button (see enlargement diagram for position). NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool



CADILLAC ALLANTE





Tool 88-20



Method - M1

Cadillac Catera 1997 2001


Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23


Cadillac Catera


Close up of tool and linkage CADILLAC003GM • 1525 • Style04 • 1 •H2302FRD




Cadillac CTS 2002 2007

Page 205

Cadillac CTS-V 2006 2007

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle. 3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod. 4.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Cadillac CTS




Close up of tool on lock rod

CADILLAC005GM • 1556 • Style05 • 1 •V4711


Tool 47




Cadillac Brougham 2 Door 1985 1992 Buick Estate Wagon 4 Door 1980 1990 Buick LeSabre 4 door 1980 1985 Cadillac Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992 Cadillac Coupe Deville 1979 1984 Cadillac Deville 2 Door 1977 1984 Cadillac Deville 4 Door 1977 1984 Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1977 1984 Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 2 Door 1977 1992

Method - M1

Cadillac Sedan Deville 1977 1984 Chevrolet Caprice & Wagon 4 door 1980 1990 Chevrolet Custom Cruiser Wagon 1980 1990 Chevrolet Spectrum 1985 1989 Oldsmobile Custom Cruiser Wagon 1980 1990 Oldsmobile Delta 88 4 door 1980 1985 Pontiac Parisienne 2 Door 1980 1989 Pontiac Parisienne 4 door 1980 1989 Pontiac Safari Wagon 1980 1989

Tool: Double Hook Tool 26 1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button. 2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car. 4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank. 5. Lift tool. NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side front door. Instructions will work on either front door.

Tool 26


INSER TION





Cadillac Sixty Special 1980 1993 Cadillac Deville 4 door 1985 1993

Page 207

Cadillac Touring Sedan 2 & 4 All

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Insert a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle and Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.








Tool 91L




Cadillac DeVille 2 Door 1994 1999 Cadillac Deville 4 Door 1994 1999 Cadillac DeVille Concours 1994 1999 Cadillac El Dorado Touring Coupe 1992 2002

Method - M1

Cadillac El Dorado Sport Coupe 1992 2002 Cadillac El Dorado 1992 2002 Cadillac Fleetwood 1994 1999

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram. 3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move. NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo

Tool 91L


Cadillac De Ville




Hook lock linkage inside opening in inner door panel, move to front.

CADILLAC010GM • 144 • Style05 • 1 •H9115F



Cadillac Deville 4 door 2000 2005 Cadillac Deville 2 Door 2000 2005

Page 209

Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002

Tool: TOOL - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Insert the tool to the left of the wedge. 3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000


View of door without inside door panel



CADILLAC011-M1GM • 1137 • Style05 • 1 •H4706


Tool 47



Cadillac Deville 4 door 2000 2005 Cadillac Deville 2 Door 2000 2005

Method - M2

Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002


Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION). 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000


Move linkage to front


Close up of tool and linkage engaged.

CADILLAC011-M2GM • 1144 • Style05 • 1 •H2359RD



Page 211

Cadillac DTS 2006 2013 Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle. 3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod. 4.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Cadillac DTS




Lift rod with tool to unlock the door.



Tool 47



Cadillac El Dorado 1971 1978 Oldsmobile Toronado 1990 1992

Method - M1

Oldsmobile Toronado Trofeo 1990 1992


Tool: SLIM JIM (SJ) 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Bend V-shaped tip of Slim Jim slightly towards outside of vehicle. 3. Lower tool into car approx. 10 4. Move lock pawl towards front of vehicle.

Tool SJ

Lock Linkage

Direction Lock Pawl

ENLARGEMENT



Door with panel off. Tool Lock Pawl Push Hard CADILLAC013GM • 806 • Style04 • 1 •HSJ04B





Page 213

Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip. 2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door. 3. Hook and bind the top linkage. 4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.

Linkage

CADILLAC ESCALADE




CADILLAC016-M1GM • 1154 • Style04 • 1 •H2365FRD


Tool 23

Move to front



Method - M2

Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 91 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip. 2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door. 3. Hook and bind the top linkage. 4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.

Move to front

Linkage

Tool 91

Cadillac Escalade

Tool insertion position

CADILLAC016-M2GM • 1155 • Style03 • 1 •H9125F




Cadillac Escalade 2007 2013 Cadillac Escalade EXT 2007 2013 Cadillac ESV 2007 2012 Chevrolet Avalanche 2007 2012 Chevrolet Silverado pickup 2007 2013 Chevrolet Suburban 2007 2012

Page 215

Chevrolet Tahoe 2007 2012 GMC Sierra pickup 2007 2012 GMC Yukon 2007 2012 GMC Yukon Denali 2007 2012 GMC Yukon XL 2007 2012


Cadillac Escalade




Lift tool under button to unlock door



Tool 26



Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1977 1984 Cadillac Fleetwood 4 Door 1977 1984

Method - M1

Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992 Cadillac Limousine 1982 1992


Tool: Double Hook Tool 88 1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button on rear passenger door. 2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car. 4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank. NOTE : When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side rear door. Instructions will work on either rear door .

h8808RD

Tool 88-45


CADILLAC019GM • 397 • Style00 • 1 •H8808RD



Cadillac Fleetwood 4 door 1993 1996 Buick Roadmaster Sedan 4 door 1991 1996

Page 217

Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 door 1993 1996 Cadillac Limousine 1993 1996

TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Insert the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car. 3. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so the tip of the tools goes through the hole in the inner door panel. 4. Lift the bell crank with the tip of the tool. 5.. Watch the inner door lock button for movement when you see it move have contacted the bell crank. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown on photo


Cadillac Fleetwood





Tool 88-45




Cadillac Coupe Deville 1985 1993 Cadillac Deville 2 door 1985 1993 Cadillac Sedan Deville 1985 1993 Oldsmobile 98 2 & 4 door 1985 1990

Method - M1

Oldsmobile Bravada 1985 1994 Oldsmobile Delta 88 1986 1990 Pontiac Bonneville 1987 1991

Tool: Horizo ntal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. 5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown reversed.

Tool 23

Alternative method use Alternate Altohj CADILLAC021GM • 1603 • Style00 • 1 •H2338



Cadillac Fleetwood 4 Door 1985 1992 Buick Electra 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 Buick LeSabre 1986 1991 Buick Park Avenue 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1985 1992 Cadillac Sixty Special 1985 1988

Page 219

Chevrolet Blazer S10 1985 1994 Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993 Chevrolet S10 Pickup S15 1985 1993 GMC Jimmy S15 1985 1994 GMC Typhoon 1985 1994

Tool 23


CADILLAC021BGM • 955 • Style00 • 1 •H2338


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. 5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown reversed.


Cadillac Seville 1992 1997 Cadillac Seville STS 1992 1997


Method - M1


Cadillac Seville 1980 1985

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards REAR of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) . 4. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 5. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward. 6. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L


Cadillac Seville, Seville STS


CADILLAC024GM • 1522 • Style03 • 1 •H9145F



Cadillac Seville 1998 2004


Page 221

Cadillac Seville STS 1998 2002

Tool: ‘S’ TOOL - TOOL 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver and the window. 2. Insert the tool slightly to the left of the wedge. 3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool 4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Cadillac Seville


Tool In working position



Close up



Tool 47



Method - M1

Cadillac SRX 2004 2009 Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1.Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle. 3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod. 4.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Tool 47


Cadillac SRX






Page 223

Cadillac SRX 2010 2013 Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Cadillac SRX

Tool 124

Tool Being Inserted

Tool Grasping Linkage

View form inside the door

close-up

CADILLAC026bGM • 1728 • Style06 • 1 •VSRX2010


Tool 125



Cadillac STS 2005 2013

Method - M1

Cadillac STS-V 2006 2012


TOOL: 67 1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door. 3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism 4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.

Tool 67

ENLARGEMENT

CADILLAC STS


CADILLAC027-M1GM • 1425 • Style03 • 1 •H6704U



Cadillac STS 2005 2012


Page 225

Cadillac STS-V 2006 2012

Tool: 47 S’ Tool 1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the back door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower tool into door to access door lock rod. 3.Adjust tool at a steep angle in order to access lock rod. 4.Hook lock rod and lift tool to unlock the door.

Cadillac STS


Lift tool to unlock door. CADILLAC027-M2GM • 1581 • Style04 • 1 •V4713RD

Tool in Working Position. Note steep tool angle.


Tool 47



Cadillac XLR 2004 2009 Cadillac XLR-V 2006 2009

Method - M1

Chevrolet Corvette 2005 2013 Chevrolet Corvette Z06 2006 2013


TOOL: Extra Long Long Reach Tool With Protective Wedge or Glass Man Tool. 1. Create working room with the Glassman tool Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause damage. 2. Insert an extra long long reach tool into the vehicle through the gap in the Glassman Tool 3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat. 4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the front side of the passenger side seat by the door. 5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door. This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.

Tool LBT

Handle

Seat Emergency door release handle

PASSENGER DOOR

CADILLAC XLR Rear view

CADILLAC XLR Front view


Pull the Emergency door release lever

Lever is locate next to seat

Close up of Tool Lifting Latch

CADILLAC028GM • 1288 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ01



Cadillac CTS 4 door 2008 2012 Cadillac CTS Sedan 2011 2012 Cadillac CTS Wagon 2011 2012

Page 227

Cadillac CTS Sport Wagon 4 door 2010 2012 Cadillac CTS V 4 door 2009 2012

Tool 119 1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room. 2 Lower the tool into the door. 3 M

Cadillac CTS

Tool In insertion Position

View from Inside of door

Tool In working Position

Close-up view from Inside of door

Cadillac029GM • 1591 • Style05 • 1 •CTS


Tool 119



Cadillac CTS Coupe 2 door 2011 2012

Method - M1

Cadillac CTSV 2 door 2011 2012


Extra Long Long Reach Tool With Access Glass Man Tool. 1. Create working room with the Glassman tool Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause damage. 2. Insert an extra long long reach tool into the vehicle through the gap in the Glassman Tool 3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat. 4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the front side of the passenger side seat by the door. 5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door. This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.

Tool LBT

Handle

Seat Emergency door release handle

PASSENGER DOOR

Cadillac CTS Coupe

Insert Glassman Tool

Insert extra long Long Reach Tool

Reach down below the right side of the passenger seat

Note the latch is on the floor next to the door

Pull the emergency release handle

Cadillac029BGM • 1711 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ01



Page 229

Cadillac XTS 4 Door 2012 2013 Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Use Rear Door

Tool 125

Alternative method use Alternate Altohj Cadillac030GM • 1779 • Style00 • 1 •V12501RD



Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005

Method - M1

GMC Safari 1985 2005


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of the door lower the tool on top of the lock linkage. 2. The linkage is very high in the door so do not lower the tool too far. Twist the tool so that the handle moves towards the glass in order to bind the linkage in the tip of the tool. With the linkage tight in the tip of the tool, move the tool so that the handle of the tool moves towards the rear of the vehicle and the tip of the tool moves towards the front. 3. Note: the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to bind the linkage with the tip of the tool as far back towards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.

Tool 23

CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN




Tool and linkage inside door panel.

Close up of tool and linkage.

CHEVROLET001-M1GM • 1042 • Style06 • 1 •H2360F



Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005

Page 231

GMC Safari 1985 2005

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door to the position shown in the illustration below (the linkage is very high in the doo r so do not lower the tool too far). 2. Turn the tool while pulling up to grasp the linkage with the tip of the tool. Pull the tool up, towards the front of the vehicle to move the linkage forward (shown in the enlargement illustration below). 3. Note the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to attack the linkage as far back towards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.

CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN







Tool 22



Chevrolet Aveo 4 Door 2004 2011 Chevrolet Aveo 5 5 Door 2009 2011

Method - M1

Pontiac G3 5 Door 2009 2009



Tool 47

Chevrolet Aveo

tool in Insertion Position

CHEVROLET003GM • 1575 • Style03 • 1 •V4701




Chevrolet Sonic 4 Door 2012 2013

Page 233

Chevrolet Sonic 5 Door Hatch 2012 2013



CHEVROLET003BGM • 1822 • Style06 • 1 •V4701


Tool 47



Chevrolet Beretta 2 door 1988 1996 Chevrolet Corsica 1988 1996

Method - M1

Chevrolet Lumina 1988 1994


TOOL: Inside Access Tool- 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

BERETTA


View from inside the car CHEVROLET004GM • 74 • Style04 • 1 •R3501




Chevrolet Blazer K Series 1992 1994 Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1992 1994 Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998 Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000

Page 235

GMC Blazer Full Size 1992 1994 GMC Jimmy Full Size 1992 1994 GMC Yukon 1996 1999 GMC Yukon Denali 1998 2000

Tool 23 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip. 2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door. 3. Hook and bind the top linkage. 4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.



CHEVROLET007-M1GM • 219 • Style03 • 1 •H2330

Close up of tool.


Tool 23



Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998 Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000

Method - M2

GMC Yukon 1996 1999 GMC Yukon Denali 1998 2000


TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Insert tool into the door. 4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fig.). 6. Move linkage towards front of car. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 91




Chevrolet Blazer S10 1995 2005 Chevrolet Blazer Xtreme Pickup 2002 2004 Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993 Chevrolet Pickup S10 1994 2003 Chevrolet S10 Pickup 1994 2003

Page 237

GMC Envoy 1998 2001 GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001 GMC Sonoma Pickup 1985 2003 GMC Sonoma Crew cab 1990 2004 Oldsmobile Bravada 1995 2001

Tool: Horizontal Linkage - 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of the door 2. Lower the tool on top of the lock linkage. 3. Rotate the tool to bind the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram). 4. Angle the tool in order to move the lock linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

BLAZER


Door without inside panel.


Close up of door without inside panel



Tool 23



Chevrolet Blazer S10 1995 2005 GMC Envoy 1998 2001

Method - M2

GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001 Oldsmobile Bravada 1995 2001


Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22 1.Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door. 2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow. 3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown. 4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement. 5.Lower tool onto lock linkage. 6.Bind linkage twisting tool. 7.Move linkage towards front of vehicle. NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door.

Tool 22




Tool without inside panel CHEVROLET008-M2GM • 924 • Style04 • 1 •H2210FRD



Chevrolet Camaro 1993 2002 Chevrolet Berlineta 1982 1992 Chevrolet Camaro 1982 1992 Pontiac Firebird 1982 1992

Page 239

Pontiac Firebird 1993 2002 Pontiac Trans Am 1982 1992 Pontiac Trans Am 1993 2002

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram. 3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move.

Linkage Move to front

Linkage Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR



Close up of tool in working position CHEVROLET011GM • 868 • Style04 • 1 •H9127F

Twist tool to push lock linkage towards front of vehicle


Tool 91L Wedge



Chevrolet Camaro 2010 2013

Method - M1

Chevrolet Camaro Convertible 2011 2013


Tool: 125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Camaro

Point tool down to insert

twist tool into the door

hook the linkage and lift

inside the door view

closeup

CHEVROLET011bGM • 1768 • Style06 • 1 •V12501



Chevrolet Camaro 2010 2013

Page 241

Chevrolet Camaro Convertible 2011 2013

Tool:78SG 1.Use the Glass Man tool and insert it between the glass and the frame using caution 2.Inser the long reach tool into the glass man tool 3.reach in to the vehicle with the long reach tool 4.Pull on the door handle with the tool to unlock the car

Tool

Direction Tool


Camaro

PASSENGER DOOR

Use Glassman tool

Pull Door Handle CHEVROLET011cGM • 1657 • Style04 • 1 •R5004

Insert long reach tool through glassman


Tool 78SG Handle



Page 242

Chevrolet Cruz 4 door 2011 2013

Buick Verano 4 Door 2012 2013



Tool 125

Use Rear Door


Chevrolet Cruz


inside of door CHEVROLET012GM • 1786 • Style05 • 1 •V12501RD




Chevrolet Cavalier 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 Buick Skyhawk 2 & 4 Door 1984 1989 Buick Skylark 1980 1985 Cadillac Cimarron 2 & 4 door 1982 1987 Chevrolet Cavalier Wagon 2 & 4 door 1982 1994

Page 243

Chevrolet Citation 1980 1985 Chevrolet Z24 1991 1994 Pontiac J2000 1982 1989 Pontiac Pheonix 1980 1985 Pontiac Sunbird 1984 1991

Tool 23

Chevrolet Cavalier



Door with panel off

CHEVROLET013GM • 759 • Style05 • 1 •H2339



Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1 Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you. 3. Lower the tool on to the linkage. 4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. 5. Now push down and forward on the tool so that the tip of tool moves towards the front of the vehicle. 6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.



Chevrolet Cavalier 2 & 4 Door 1995 2005 Chevrolet Celebrity All 1982 1990

Method - M1

Chevrolet Celebrity Wagon Wagon 1984 1991


Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 91L

CAVALIER





CHEVROLET014GM • 915 • Style05 • 1 •cavalier95



Chevrolet Corvette 1982 1996

Page 245

Chevrolet ZR1 1982 1996

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION). 4.Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, hooking bell crank (SEE ENLARGEMENT ) . Pull tool straight up. 5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the button move.

CORVETTE



Door with panel off.

CHEVROLET018M1GM • 869 • Style05 • 1 •H2213



Tool 22



Chevrolet Corvette 1997 2004 Chevrolet ZR1 1997 2003

Method - M1

Pontiac Fiero 1984 1988


Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on front door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame and the shield, as shown below, and hook the bottom linkage. 3. Twist tool to move linkage towards the front of the car. NOTE : Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

CORVETTE








Chevrolet Equinox 2005 2013

Page 247

Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool 1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle. 2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage. Hook the top linkage. 4.Hook the linkage and turn the handle to the rear of the vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front to unlock the door.

Shield


Chevrolet Equinox


View From Inside the Door




Tool 23



Saturn Equinox 2005 2009

Method - M2

Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009


Tool: 77 Tool 1. Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle. 2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage. 4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage . 5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.

Tool 77

Shield

Chevrolet Equinox



Close up of Tool in Action CHEVROLET021-M2GM • 1510 • Style04 • 1 •H7713F



Page 249

Chevrolet HHR 2006 2012 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Chevrolet HHR


Hook lock rod and lift to unlock.


Close up of tool in action.



Tool 47




Chevrolet Impala 2 door 1980 1988 Buick Electra 2 Door 1980 1984 Buick LeSabre 2 Door 1980 1985 Buick Riviera Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985 Cadillac El Dorado 2 door 1979 1984

Method - M1

Chevrolet Caprice 2 door 1980 1990 Oldsmobile 98 2 Door 1980 1984 Oldsmobile Caprice 2 Door 1980 1990 Oldsmobile Delta 88 2 Door 1980 1985 Oldsmobile Toronado Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button. 2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car. 4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank. NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move. Llustration shows passenger side front door. Instructions will work on either front door.

h8806

Tool 88-45




Page 251

Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 2000 2005 Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1 Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, Separate the weather stri p from the glass using the strip saver and wedge. 2 Point the double hooked end of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool too far into the door, as the linkage is very high. 3 Turn and lift the tool in order to hook the bottom linkage in the door. 4 Turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage towards the front of the vehicle and unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

H8612RD.eps

CHEVROLET IMPALA




Close up of tool

CHEVROLET025-M1GM • 744 • Style05 • 1 •H8612RD


Tool 86



Method - M2

Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 2000 2005


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car. 3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage. 4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.

Tool 23

CHEVROLET IMPALA








Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1997 2003 Buick Skylark 2 Door 1992 1997 Chevrolet Classic 2004 2005

Page 253

Chevrolet Malibu Classic 2004 2005 Oldsmobile Achieva 4 door 1992 1997 Oldsmobile Achieva 2 door 1992 1997

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) . 4. Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, pushing the lock linkage forward. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage , you will see the lever move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Chevrolet Malibu


Twist tool to move linkage towards rear of vehicle. CHEVROLET031GM • 867 • Style04 • 1 •H9114F



Tool 91L



Chevrolet Metro 2 Door 1998 2002

Method - M1

Chevrolet Metro 4 Door 1998 2002


Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door . 4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage 5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside 6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 82 Bind Linkage & Move Torwards Rear

Bind Linkage & Move Torw ards Rear

ENLARGEMENT

Geo/Chevy Metro LSI


View from inside the door CHEVROLET033GM • 347 • Style04 • 1 •H8205




Page 255

Chevrolet Monte Carlo LS 2 Door 1995 1999 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

MONTE CARLO LS



Tool in Working Position.




Tool 23


Method - M1


Chevrolet SSR 2004 2006



Tool 47

Chevrolet SSR


Lift Tool to Lift Lock Rod and Unlock Door. CHEVROLET042GM • 1363 • Style04 • 1 •V4711




Chevrolet Suburban 1992 1999 Chevrolet Pickup Light Duty 1989 1998 Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 1989 2000

Page 257

Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1989 1998 Chevrolet Silverado 2500/3500 1989 2000 GMC Suburban 1992 1999

TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Insert tool into the door. 4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fig.). 6. Move linkage towards front of car. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Chevrolet Suburban LS







Tool 91

Go To Index GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Page 258

Chevrolet Suburban 1992 1999 GMC Pickup Full Size 1989 1999 GMC Pickup 2500/3500 HD 1989 2000

Method - M2

GMC Sierra 1500 1989 1998 GMC Sierra 2500/3500 1989 2000 GMC Suburban 1992 1999


Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door . 4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage 5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside 6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

1

Lower Tool

Rear Door Wedge

2 Lift Tool into Position

Move

Tool 82 3

Move Tool To Unlock

Chevrolet Suburban



CHEVROLET044-M2GM • 1097 • Style03 • 1 •DropRockRD



Cadillac Escalade 2002 2006 Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006

Page 259

Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006 Cadillac ESV 2003 2006

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door . 4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage 5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside 6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle. 1

Tool 82

Wed ge Liftool T into Position

Move

3

Move Tool oT Unlock

Cadillac EXT



Rock Tool towards the rear while applying pressure with left hand


Close up of linkage in the door

CHEVROLET047A-M1GM • 503 • Style06 • 1 •Droprock


2

Lower ool T



Cadillac Escalade 2002 2006 Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006

Method - M2

Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006 Cadillac ESV 2003 2006


Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle. 3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3) 4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage. 5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage. 6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

Cadillac Escalade





CHEVROLET047A-M2GM • 566 • Style05 • 1 •H8613F



Chevrolet Tahoe 2000 2006 Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 2001 2006 Chevrolet Avalanche 2002 2006 Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006

Page 261

Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 2001 2006 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1999 2006 Chevrolet Suburban 2000 2006

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door . 4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage 5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside 6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle. Lower ool T

Tool 82 Wed ge

2

Liftool T into Position

Move

3

Move Tool oT Unlock


Rock Tool towards the rear while applying pressure with left hand.


View of the inside of the door


CHEVROLET047B-M1GM • 1330 • Style06 • 1 •Droprock


1



Chevrolet Tahoe 2000 2006 Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 2001 2006

Method - M2

Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1999 2006 Chevrolet Suburban 2000 2006 Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 2001 2006


Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle. 3. insert tool into door, directly above the door handle, lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3) 4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage. 5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage. 6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

H8604.eps




Close Up of Tool- Move Linkage to Front CHEVROLET047B-M2GM • 1329 • Style05 • 1 •H8604



GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2006 GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2006 GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2006 GMC Sierra Denali 2001 2006

Page 263

GMC Yukon 2000 2006 GMC Yukon Denali 2001 2006 GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006 GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door . 4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage 5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside 6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle. Lower ool T

Tool 82 2

Wed ge Liftool T into Position

Move

3

Move Tool oT Unlock

Chevy Sierra



Rock Tool towards the rear while applying pressure with left hand

View of the inside of the door


CHEVROLET047C-M1GM • 284 • Style06 • 1 •Droprock


1



GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2005 GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2005 GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2005 GMC Sierra Denali Heavy Duty 2001 2005

Method - M2

GMC Yukon 2000 2006 GMC Yukon Denali 2001 2006 GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006 GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006


Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle. 3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle at a 45-degree angle. 4. Lower tool into the door. 5. Hook and Bind Linkage. 6. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the car.

Tool 86

H8604.eps

Chevy Sierra


Close up of tool. Move linkage to front. CHEVROLET047C-M2GM • 285 • Style04 • 1 •H8604




Geo Tracker 2 & 4 door 1985 1998

Page 265

Chevrolet Tracker 2 & 4 door 1997 2004

TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2.Lower the tool into the door. 3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Geo Tracker


CHEVROLET049M1GM • 1328 • Style03 • 1 •V2601



Tool 26



Chevrolet TrailBlazer EXT 2004 2006 Buick Rainer Ultra 2004 2006 Buick Rainier 2004 2007 Chevrolet TrailBlazer 2002 2009

Method - M1

GMC Envoy 2002 2009 GMC Envoy XL 2004 2008 GMC Envoy XUV 2004 2008 Oldsmobile Bravada 2002 2004


TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1.Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door. 2.oint the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage 4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool. 5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.

Tool 23

Wedge

Tool Linkage

Move to front

Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR

Chevrolet TrailBlazer






CHEVROLET050GM • 252 • Style06 • 1 •H2382F



Chevrolet Express Van 1996 2012 Chevrolet Van Full Size 1996 2012

Page 267

GMC Savana 1996 2006 GMC Van Full Size 1996 2006

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert tool approximately half way through the door. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Turn the tool handle to hook and bind lower linkage. 5 Twist tool to turn linkage towards FRONT of car. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Chevy 1500 Van




Hook linkage with tool, move linkage towards front of vehicle.




Tool 91



Chevrolet Cobalt 2 Door 2005 2010 Chevrolet Cobalt SS 2 Door 2005 2010

Method - M1

Pontiac G5 2 door 2006 2008


TOOL: 105 1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage. 4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Cobalt



ool in working position

Lift lock lever at door latch




Chevrolet Cobalt 4 Door 2005 2010

Page 269

Chevrolet Cobalt SS 4 Door 2005 2010

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door until tool contacts door lock rod. 4. Twist tool so tip of tool moves towards rear of car while at the same time twisting the handle (See fig). NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side door. Nstructions will work on either front door .




Lift lock lever at door latch

CHEVROLET057-M1GM • 777 • Style05 • 1 •H2341BRD


Tool 23



Chevrolet Cobalt 4 Door 2005 2010

Method - M2

Chevrolet Cobalt SS 4 Door 2005 2010


TOOL: 105 1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage. 4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105


View from inside the door CHEVROLET057-M2GM • 625 • Style04 • 1 •V10511




Page 271

Chevrolet Volt Sedan 2012 2013 Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door

Chevrolet Volt

tool in insertion position

hook the door lock linkage and lift CHEVROLET058GM • 1732 • Style04 • 1 •V12501

lower the tool into the door


Tool 125


Method - M1


Chevrolet Captiva SUV 2012 2013



Tool 125

Chevrolet Volt


lower the tool into the door

hook the door lock linkage and lift

Hook the linkage

close up



Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997 Chevrolet Nova 1985 1988


Page 273

Geo Prizm 1989 1992

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip in REAR DOOR. 2. Lower tool into door on top of linkage. 3. Twist tool to bind linkage. 4. Move tool toward rear of car.

Geo Prizm


Twist tool to move linkage towards rear of vehicle. GEO004-M1GM • 865 • Style04 • 1 •H2341BRD



Tool 23



Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997 Chevrolet Prizm 4 Door 1993 2002

Method - M2

Geo Prizm 4 Door 1998


TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81

GEO004-M2GM • 1339 • Style00 • 1 •Toy81RD



Geo Storm 1990 1993 Chevrolet Sprint 1985 1988 Geo Metro 2 & 4 Door 1985 1998

Page 275

Geo Storm 2+2 Coupe 1990 1993 Geo Storm Hatchback 1990 1993

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE Enlarged illustration). 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Geo Storm


Twist tool to move linkage towards rear of vehicle GEO005GM • 75 • Style04 • 1 •H2343F



Tool 23


Method - M1


GMC Terrain SUV Crossover 2010 2012 Chevrolet Equinox 2010 2012

Saturn Vue 2009 2010


Tool: 125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125


INSER TION


Terrain

125 Tool

twist the tool and hook the linkage then lift

GM01GM • 1676 • Style04 • 1 •V12501

Tool insertion position



GMC Canyon 2004 2012

Page 277

Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2012


ENLARGEMENT

GMC Canyon


View of Tool Engaging Latch.


Close up of Tool Engaging Latch.

GMC002-M1GM • 1369 • Style05 • 1 •H6704U


Tool 67



Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2012

Method - M2

GMC Canyon 2004 2012


Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu re 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see figure 5).

Tool 35

Chevrolet Colorado


GMC002-M2GM • 1391 • Style03 • 1 •R3509

Lean Tool to Hook Door Lock Button



Page 279

GMC Pickup Full Size 1980 1991 Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Using the short end of the double tool, fish it into the door. 3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

GMC007GM • 1354 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Tool 26



Chevrolet Van Full Size 1983 1995 GMC Suburban 1980 1991 Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1980 1991 Chevrolet Pickup Full size 1980 1991 Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995

Method - M1

Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991 Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991 GMC Jimmy Full Size 1980 1991 GMC Van Rally/Cargo 1983 1995 GMC Van Full Size 1983 1995





Tool 103-04

GMC012-M1GM • 1044 • Style00 • + •R103-04



GMC Van Rally/Cargo Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1980 1991 Chevrolet Pickup Full Size 1980 1991 Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995 Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991

Page 281

Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991 Chevrolet Van Full Size 1983 1995 GMC Jimmy Full Size 1980 1991 GMC Suburban 1980 1991 GMC Van Full Size 1983 1995

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Using the short end of the double tool, fish it into the door. 3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

GMC FULL SIZE VAN

Insert short end of tool

Tool in working position GMC012-M2GM • 280 • Style04 • 1 •V2602

Turn tool to insert


Tool 26



GMC Acadia SUV 2007 2012 Buick Enclave 2008 2012 Chevrolet Traverse 2009 2012

Method - M1

Saturn Astra 5 door Hatch 2008 2009 Saturn Outlook SUV 2007 2009 Saturn Vue 2006 2009



Tool 47

GMC Acadia


GMC019GM • 591 • Style03 • 1 •V4701




Page 283

Hummer H1 Alpha Soft Top 2006 2008 Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button. 2.Lower the tool into the door. 3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

HUMMER



HUMMER001GM • 216 • Style04 • 1 •V2601



Tool 26



Method - M1

Hummer H1 1997 2005


Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1 Insert tool between glass and weather-strip. 2.Lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle. 3.Place tip of tool onto the bell crank. 4.Push bell crank towards the rear of the truck to unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-20

H8806B.eps

HUMMER



HUMMER001M1GM • 677 • Style04 • 1 •H8806B




Page 285

Hummer H1 1997 2007 Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button. 2.Lower the tool into the door. 3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

HUMMER


Door without inside panel. HUMMER001M2GM • 1122 • Style04 • 1 •V2601



Tool 26


Method - M1


Hummer H2 2003 2007

Hummer SUT 2005 2007

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 2. Insert the tool into the REAR DOOR between the glass and the weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car. 4. Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool 5. Move The Linkage towards the rear. NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.


Rear Door

Tool 91

Direction

Direction

Hummer H2



Apply pressure to the tool



HUMMER002GM • 1266 • Style06 • 1 •h9195brd



Hummer H3 2005 2008

Page 287

Hummer H3x 2008 2010


1

2

Wedge

Shield over latch Mechanism

move tool in under shield

Insert tool under shield and lift to unlock

Tool 112

3

Lift tool to unlock

Hummer H3


HUMMER003GM • 1434 • Style03 • 1 •HummerH3



Lower tool bellow shield



Method - M1

Hummer H2 2008 2010




Tool 26

INSER TION

Hummer H2


Hummer004GM • 576 • Style02 • 1 •Alt47



Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999 Buick LeSabre 1992 1999 Buick Park Avenue 1991 1996 Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1991 1996 Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999 Oldsmobile 98 1991 1996

Page 289

Oldsmobile 98 1991 1996 Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000 Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000 Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000 Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000

Tool 22


OLDSMOBILE EIGHTY EIGHT





OLDSMOBILE001-M1GM • 870 • Style05 • 1 •H2212RD


Tool: Small Hook Tool 22 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear door with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of automobile and insert it at the position shown below. 3. Lower tool into door below the bottom lock linkage. 4. Lift tool up and towards the front of the vehicle as shown in the enlargement diagram below. (move the lock linkage towards the front of the vehicle). NOTE: Look at the door lock button inside the vehicle for movement. When you contact the correct lock linkage, you will see the door lock button move.



Buick LeSabre 1992 1999 Buick Park Avenue 1991 1996

Method - M2

Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1991 1996



Tool 35

Buick Park Avenue


View from inside the door. OLDSMOBILE001-M2GM • 795 • Style04 • 1 •R3503




Oldsmobile Alero 4 door 1997 2004

Page 291

Pontiac Grand Am 4 door 1999 2005

Tool: Triple Hook Tool- 86 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE:Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

H8614F.eps


Oldsmobile Alero


Close-up of door without inside panel.



OLDSMOBILE007GM • 876 • Style05 • 1 •H8614F


Tool 86



Method - M1

Oldsmobile Aurora 1995 2000


Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge in REAR DOOR. 2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram. 3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage to the rear. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move.

Tool 91L Move to Front

Move to Front

OLDSMOBILE AURORA




Close Up of Door without inside panel.

OLDSMOBILE008GM • 873 • Style05 • 1 •H9118BRD



Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 Door 2000 2007 Pontiac Bonneville 2000 2005

Page 293

Pontiac Bonneville GXP 2004 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1 Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car. 3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage. 4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Monte Carlo






OLDSMOBILE009bGM • 884 • Style06 • 1 •H2356


Tool 23



Oldsmobile Intrigue 1997 2002

Method - M1

Oldsmobile Aurora 2001 2003


Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car. 3 Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the to ol is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever ove.

Tool 23

Oldsmobile Intrigue


Inside the Door

Close Up

OLDSMOBILE009cGM • 149 • Style05 • 1 •H2347F




Page 295

Oldsmobile Alero 2 Door 1997 2004 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

OLDSMOBILE ALERO


View of Inside the Door


Close up of Tool Inside the Door

OLDSMOBILE009dGM • 875 • Style05 • 1 •H2370F


Tool 23




Oldsmobile Toronado 1986 1989 Buick Riviera 1986 1993 Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997

Method - M1

Pontiac Grand Prix 4 Door 1988 1996 Pontiac Grand Prix 2 Door 1988 1996

TOOL: Inside Access Tool- Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

CUTLASS SUPREME


View from inside the door OLDSMOBILE020GM • 163 • Style04 • 1 •R3502




Page 297

Pontiac Aztek 2001 2005 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1.Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door. 2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown. 3.Lower tool into door. 4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.

PONTIAC AZTEK





PONTIAC002GM • 653 • Style05 • 1 •H2377F


Tool 23



Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991

Method - M1

Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991


Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you. 3. Lower below the linkage and lift. 4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. 5. Move tip of tool forward. 6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.

Tool 86




Pontiac Grand Am 2 door 1992 2002 Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991

Page 299

Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991

Tool 86


Pontiac Grand Am





PONTIAC011-M1GM • 879 • Style05 • 1 •H8613F


Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86 1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you. 3. Lower below the linkage and lift. 4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. 5. Move tip of tool forward. 6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car. Note : The non-working part (the part you hold in your hand) of the tool may be longer or have a different angle that that shown in the photo or diagram. This is due to the new design of the tool.


Method - M2





Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23



Close-up of door without inside panel. PONTIAC011-M2GM • 882 • Style04 • 1 •H2347F




Page 301

Pontiac Bonneville 1992 1999 Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22 1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow. 3. Hook linkage at rear of door as shown. 4. Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement. NOTE: You should be looking at the door lock lever inside the car. When you contact the lock linkage, you will see the door lock lever move. Instructions show passenger door, but will work on either front door.

Pontiac Bonneville






PONTIAC012-M1GM • 741 • Style06 • 1 •bonneville


Tool 22



Pontiac Grand Prix 2 & 4 door 1997 2003 Buick Century 4 Door 1997 2005

Method - M1

Buick Regal 1998 2004


Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the tool is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car. 5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move.

Tool 23

Move to Front









Page 303

Pontiac GTO 2005 2007 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47


Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock Door.

PONTIAC017GM • 1382 • Style04 • 1 •V4701



Pontiac GTO


Method - M1


Pontiac Solstice 2006 2009

Saturn Sky 2007 2009



Tool 47

Pontiac Solstice


Lift tool to unlock the door

PONTIAC024GM • 1488 • Style04 • 1 •V4711




Pontiac Trans Sport mini-van 1990 1996 Chevrolet Lumina APV FWD 1990 1996

Page 305

Oldsmobile Silhouette 1990 1996 Pontiac Trans Sport SE 1990 1996

Tool 23




A- Tool B- Lock Linkage


Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) . 4. Twisting the handle towards you, lower the tool onto the linkage and turn the handle towards the rear of the vehicle to bind the linkage (YOU ARE AIMING FOR THE BOTTOM LINKAGE) . 5. Tilt the top of the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage forward (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will see the lock button move.



Method - M1

Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009


TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the REAR of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 6. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Pontiac Vibe


View from Inside the Door. PONTIAC028-M1GM • 1237 • Style04 • 1 •R6504




Page 307

Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009 Tool: S’ Tool 47 1. Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light. 2. Insert S’ tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photograph. 3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod. 4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.

light

Pontiac Vibe

Remove Rear Plate Light with Screwdriver.


Tool in Insertion Position. Insert Behind Light, as Shown.

Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.

PONTIAC028-M2GM • 1509 • Style05 • 1 •H4721RD


Tool 47



Method - M1

Pontiac G8 2008 2009


TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89


Pontiac30GM • 1586 • Style00 • 1 •Alt89fd



Page 309

Pontiac Vibe 2009 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Carefully jack the door slightly

Use the Air Jack to create working room Pontiac31GM • 575 • Style03 • 1 •Altohj

Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the door


Tool 78SG



Saturn Ion 2003 2007

Method - M1

Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007


TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66 1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very far into the door. 3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram). 5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 66

Saturn Ion


SATURN002-M1GM • 1285 • Style03 • 1 •H6603RD




Saturn Ion 2003 2007

Page 311

Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip. 4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car. 5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool 6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle. NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.

Saturn Ion


Hook top linkage and move to back.


Clos up of Tool on Linkage.

SATURN002-M2GM • 1395 • Style05 • 1 •H9101f


Tool 91



Saturn L Series 4 door 2000 2004 Saturn LS, LS1, LS2 4 door 2000 2002

Method - M1

Saturn LW1, LW2 Wagon 2000 2002


Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook the top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) . 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6.Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

SATURN L SERIES

Tool in Insertion Position (Rear Door)



Close Up. Move Linkage to Rear

SATURN003GM • 1149 • Style05 • 1 •H2380BRD



Saturn SW1, SW2 5 Door Wagon 1991 1995 Saturn EV1 2001 2003 Saturn S Series 1996 2002 Saturn SC1, SC2 2 Door 1991 1995

Page 313

Saturn SC1, SC2 2 & 3 door 1996 2002 Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 Door 1991 1995 Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 door 1996 2002 Saturn SW1, SW2 5 door wagon 1996 2001

Tool 23

SATURN005GM • 389 • Style00 • 1 •H2348F


Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position). 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position). 4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards front of vehicle, moving the lock linkage forward (see enlargement diagram for position). Note: Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct lock linkage, you will see the button move.



Saturn Vue 2002 2009

Method - M1

Saturn Vue Redline 2004 2009


Tool: Drop Rock Tool - 82 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position). 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position). 4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards inside of vehicle 5. Lay the tip of the tool on the linkage. 6. Bind the linkage and move it to the rear of the vehicle . Note Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct lock linkage, you will see the button move.

Tool 82

Bind Linkage & Move Torwards Rear

Bind Linkage & Move Torw ards Rear

ENLARGEMENT

Saturn Vue

Insertion Position

Working Position SATURN008GM • 1238 • Style05 • 1 •H8207B

Move to Back



Saturn Aura 4 door 2007 2009 Buick Lucerne 2006 2011 Chevrolet Malibu 2004 2012

Page 315

Chevrolet Malibu Maxx 2004 2007 Pontiac G6 2005 2009 Pontiac Grand Prix 2004 2008

Tool: 114 Tool 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Saturn Aura


Lift tool to unlock door

SATURN010GM • 616 • Style04 • 1 •V11401



Tool 114


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 316

GMC HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Pull Up Linkage

GMC Light Duty Cab over business class trucks


Pull Up

Tool 47

Tool in working position. Hook lock rod and lift.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 938 • Style03 • 1 •V4715HT


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

GMC HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

Page 317

GMC HT W Series Light Duty 1995 1/2 2009


Wedge

Pull Up Linkage

GMC W Series Light Duty Truck.


Pull Up


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 939 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 26


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 318

GMC HT T Body Medium Duty Pre 1995 Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool 1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage. 3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage. 4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck. 5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 23

Wedge

Direction

Enlargement

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

GMC Medium Duty T Series trucks


View from inside door. Hook top linkage with tool.


Close up of tool in action. Move linkage to rear to unlock.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS003GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 855 • Style05 • 1 •H2340HT


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 319

GMC HT T Series Medium Duty 1996 2009 Tool: T105 1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door. 3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck. 4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage. 5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 105

Wedge

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool

Direction

Direction

GMC T Series Medium Duty




Note tool at far corner of the door

View of door with panel

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS004GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 911 • Style06 • 1 •V10501HT


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 320

GMC HT C Series Vent Windows Pre 1989

GMC HT Cab Over Heavy Duty



GMC HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 103-04

Old sytle MGC Medium Duty Trucks

Insert flat tool to press release latch while using 103 tool to unlock window

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS005GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 912 • Style02 • 1 •R103-04


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 321

GMC HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002 Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. 5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown reversed. FOR 1997 Models: See Index

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 23

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS006GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 914 • Style00 • 1 •H2337F


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 322

GMC HT C Series All Heavy and Medium Duty with Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool 1. nsert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door. 2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door. 3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool. 4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.

Wedge


Shield Move Tool

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Gap In Shield

Move Tool

ENLARGEMENT

Chevy C Series. 2003 and Later




Close up of tool in action. Hook linkage with tool.

Tool in action. Move linkage forward to unlock the door.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS007GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 862 • Style06 • 1 •H9101FHT


GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 323

GMC HT Van Cab All Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip. 4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car. 5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool 6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle. NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.

Tool 91

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Chevrolet Van Cab



When you have hooked the correct linkage you will see the door lock button move up. GMC HEAVY TRUCKS008GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 969 • Style04 • 1 •H9101F


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 324

Hino 258 Conventional Cab 2003 2012

Hino Heavy Trucks Conventional Cab 2003 2012


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Tool 26

Pull Up Linkage

Hino Conventional Cab


Pull Up


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS001HINO HEAVY TRUCKS • 174 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 325

Hino Heavy Trucks FA Series Tool: 105 1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

Wedge

Tool 105

Direction

Direction

Tool

Hino FA Series

Insert the tool in the position shown

View of tool inside the door


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 326

Hino Heavy Trucks FE Series All Tool: 105 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

Wedge

Tool 105 Linkage

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

Direction

Tool

Hino FE Series

Insert the strip savers and wedge to create working room

Lower the tool into the door at the very rear of the front passenger door.

Lift the tool to unlock the door HINO HEAVY TRUCKS003HINO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1475 • Style04 • 1 •V10504HT


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 327

Hino Heavy Trucks Old Style All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Wedge

Linkage

Hino Cab Over

Pull Up


HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull Up


This tool is shown in working position



HONDA

Page 328

Honda Accord Horiz. locks 1976 1994 Honda Civic 4 Door 1985 1989 Honda Civic 2 Dr 1985 1994

Honda Civic Horizontal 1989 1994 Honda CRX 1989 1996 Honda Prelude 1988 1996

HONDA

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door. 2. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage. 3. Twist tool to bind the linkage. 4. Push tip of tool towards front of car. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) Note : The lock linkage is below the door latch release linkage. Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Honda Accord

Tool in insertion position HONDA001HONDA • 907 • Style03 • 1 •H2306F



Page 329

HONDA

Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993 Honda Civic 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995

Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995 Honda Del Sol 1993 1995

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.



HONDA002-M1HONDA • 886 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


HONDA

Tool 26


HONDA

Page 330

Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993 Honda Civic 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995

Honda Del Sol 1993 1995 Honda Oddysey 1995 1998 Honda Passport 1998 2002

HONDA


Tool 47



Honda Accord 2 Door 1995 1997 Honda Civic 2 Door 1996 2000

Page 331

HONDA Honda Del Sol 1996 1998

Tool: 77 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame. 3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position). 4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage. 5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.

Tool 77




HONDA003HONDA • 908 • Style04 • 1 •H7701F


HONDA

Alternative method use Alternate Startmulti


HONDA

Method - M1

Honda Insight 2001 2012 TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward. 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door

HONDA

Button

Tool 78sg

Honda004HONDA • 1644 • Style00 • 1 •Jack_But


Honda Accord Honda Accord Honda Accord Honda Accord

HONDA

2 Door 2003 2007 4 Door 1998 2002 2 Door 1998 2002 4 Door 2003 2007

Page 333

Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007 Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007 Honda Civic SI 3 door hatch 2002 2005

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button. 2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle . 3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3). 6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button. 1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door. 1


2

Tool 81

Insertion Position Wedge


3

4

Lift Tool to Unlock Door


HONDA ACCORD

Enlargement

From Inside Door


Lift tool to unlock HONDA005-M1HONDA • 1269 • Style04 • 1 •acu016



HONDA

Tool


Method - M1

HONDA

Honda Accord 4 Door 1994 1997

Honda Civic 4 Door 1996 2000

HONDA

Tool: S’ Tool 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 47

HONDA015HONDA • 817 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


HONDA

Page 335

Honda Civic 2 Door 2001 2005 Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

HONDA CIVIC


HONDA016HONDA • 1185 • Style03 • 1 •R7401


HONDA

Tool 74


Honda Civic 4 Door 2001 2005

Method - M1

HONDA Honda Civic Hybrid 2004 2005

HONDA

Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA CIVIC



Hook Door Lock button and Lift


Honda Civic 2 Door 2006 2011 Honda Civic 4 Door 2006 2011

Page 337

HONDA Honda Civic Si 2006 2011

TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.

Tool 65

HONDA

Alternative method use Alternate startmulti

Honda Civic


HONDA018HONDA • 1409 • Style03 • 1 •inf011



Honda Civic 4 Door 2012 2013 Honda Civic 2 Door 2012 2013 Honda Civic 2 Door 2012 2013

Method - M1

HONDA

Honda Civic Hybrid 2012 2013 Honda Civic SI 2 & 4 Door 2012 2013

HONDA


Button

Tool 78SG

HONDA018BHONDA • 1842 • Style00 • 1 •StartBut


HONDA

Page 339

Honda CRV 1997 2001 Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

HONDA CRV




HONDA

Tool 47


HONDA

Page 340

Honda CRV SUV 2002 2006 Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

HONDA

Tool 74

HONDA CRV


Close up




Page 341

HONDA

Honda Element 2003 2012

Honda Ridgeline 2005 2012

Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA

Honda Element


Lift tool handle to unlock door





HONDA

Page 342

Honda Oddysey 1999 2010

Honda Passport 1994 1997

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26 1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button. 3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button. 4.Lift tool to unlock door. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button, you will see the button move.

HONDA

Tool 26

Shield

HONDA ODDYSEY




Close up of tool and lock rod



HONDA

Page 343

Honda Oddysey 1999 2010 Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

HONDA

Tool 74

HONDA024-M2HONDA • 1570 • Style00 • 1 •R7401


Method - M1

HONDA

Honda Oddysey van 2011 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the dooor lock button and unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

HONDA

Button

Honda Oddydey

Use the Starter Air Jack to make working room

Insert the air Jack

Use the Airj ack


Move the door lock button

HONDA025-M1HONDA • 1847 • Style06 • 1 •StartBut


Page 345

HONDA

Honda S2000 2000 2009 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle

HONDA

Tool


Tool 78SG

HONDA030HONDA • 894 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1

HONDA

Honda CRZ 2 door 2011 2013

HONDA


Button

Tool 78SG

HONDA031HONDA • 1848 • Style00 • 1 •StartBut


Page 347

HONDA

Honda CRV 2007 2012 TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

HONDA

Honda CRV




Push door lock button to unlock

HONDA032HONDA • 593 • Style05 • 1 •inf011


HONDA

Page 348

Honda Fit 2007 2008 TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button. 2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle . 3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3). 6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button. 1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door. 1


2

Insertion Position

Tool 81

Wedge


3

4


HONDA

Tool


Honda Fit

Enlargement

From Inside Door


Use hand on tool to gain leverage





Page 349

HONDA

Honda Fit 2009 2012 TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).

Tool 65

Honda Fit

Create working room with wedge and srtip savers.

Reposition wedge to aid enry of V portion.

Raise V portion on the inside of the vehicle

Position tip over the door lock button

Push button forward and inward to unlock.

Honda033bHONDA • 1643 • Style06 • 1 •inf011

HONDA



Method - M1

HONDA

Honda Accord 2 Door 2008 2012 Tool 89 1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping 2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door Remove the Wedgee and strip saver 3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door 4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button 5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

HONDA

Tool 89

Honda Accord 2 door

Name Plate


Tool Working Position


Push front of lock button in to unlock

Honda034HONDA • 1589 • Style06 • 1 •Alt89FD


Page 351

HONDA

Honda Crostour 2010 2012 Tool 89 1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping 2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door Remove the Wedgee and strip saver 3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door 4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button 5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

HONDA

Honda Accord 2 door


Move Door Lock Button

Closeup

Honda034bHONDA • 1713 • Style05 • 1 •Alt89FD



Method - M1

HONDA

Honda Accord 4 Door 2008 2012 Tool 89 1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping 2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door Remove the Wedgee and strip saver 3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door 4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button 5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

HONDA

Tool 89

Honda Accord 2 door


Push front of lock button in to unlock Honda035HONDA • 577 • Style04 • 1 •Alt89FD

Move tool into position


Page 353

HONDA

Honda Pilot 2003 2008 Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from inside of the car. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA

Honda Pilot






Method - M1

HONDA

Honda Pilot 2009 2012 Tool 89 1. Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping 2. lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door 3. Remove the Wedgee and strip saver 4. Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door 5. Move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button 6. Push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

HONDA


Honda Pilot

Insert wedge to create working room

Place tip of tool over the door lock button.

Lower tool with tip pointed towards the front of the car.

Push button forward and inward to unlock the car.

Honda37HONDA • 1645 • Style06 • 1 •R8901FD


HONDA

Page 355

Honda FCX Clarity 2012 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door

HONDA

Button

Tool 78SG

HONDA38HONDA • 1849 • Style00 • 1 •StartBut


HYUNDAI

Method - M1

Hyundai Accent 1995 1999

HYUNDAI

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe. 4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Tool 47

Hyundai Accent


HYUNDAI001HYUNDAI • 1063 • Style03 • 1 •V4701



Page 357

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Accent 2/4 DOOR 2000 2005 Hyundai Accent Hatchback 2001 2002

Hyundai Elantra 1992 1995

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Insert with tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle. 3.Lower tool under plastic shield (see enlargement diagram). 4.Twist and lift tool to catch linkage. 5.Twist tool to bind linkage. 6.Turn tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI

HYUNDAI ACCENT




Close up of tool and linkage engaged

HYUNDAI002HYUNDAI • 847 • Style05 • 1 •H2362F


Method - M1

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Accent 2006 2011 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button . Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door handle immediately after unlocking the door. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

HYUNDAI

Tool 65

Hyundai Accent




Move door lock button to unlock

Close up of tool on door lock button

HYUNDAI003HYUNDAI • 1159 • Style06 • 1 •R3512


Hyundai

Page 359

Hyundai Accent 2012 2013 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Hyundai

Button

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI003bHYUNDAI • 1912 • Style00 • 1 •StartBut


HYUNDAI

Page 360

Hyundai Azera 2006 2010 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 35 1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button . Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door handle immediately after unlocking the door. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

HYUNDAI

Tool 35


Hyundai Azera




Push door lock button to unlock door



Hyundai

Page 361

Hyundai Azera 2011 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Hyundai

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI005HYUNDAI • 1850 • Style00 • 1 •jacktool


HYUNDAI

Page 362

Hyundai Elantra 4/WAGON 1996 2000 Tool: Reverse Hook Tool 42 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert tool into door directly above door handle. 3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe. 4. Lift the tool to hook and bind the top lock linkage. 5. Move lock linkage towards front of vehicle by rocking the tool handle.

HYUNDAI

Tool 42

Hyundai Elantra


Lower tool below upper lock linkage, lift to hook and bind linkage


Rock tool to move linkage towards front of the car

HYUNDAI006HYUNDAI • 909 • Style05 • 1 •H4204F


Page 363

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Elantra 5 door-Hatch 2002 2006 Hyundai Elantra 2001 2006

Hyundai Elantra 4 door 2007 2010 Hyundai Elantra GT 4 Door 2004 2006


Tool 35

HYUNDAI ELANTRA


Lean tool to access door lock button


View of tool hooking door lock button


HYUNDAI



HYUNDAI

Page 364

Hyundai Elantra 2011 2013 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION) 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE FIGURE 2) 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle. 4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI

Button

HYUNDAI ELANTRA

Use the Jack Tool to make working room


Insert the Air Jack and and inflate it

Move the door lock button with the tip of the tool

HYUNDAI008BHYUNDAI • 1665 • Style04 • 1 •jack_but


Page 365

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Scoupe 1991 1995 Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip (very tight fit, be very gentle). 2. Insert tool into door (See Diagram Below) 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside of your car for movement. Instructions are for passenger side door.

Hyundai Scoupe




HYUNDAI

Tool 26


HYUNDAI

Page 366

Hyundai Santa Fe 2000 2006 TOOL: 77 Tool 1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge from the Rear passenger window. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door at a slight angle (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHOTOS FOR POSITION). 3. Twist tool handle away from vehicle in order to enter first door cavity (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHOTOS FOR POSITION). 4. Hook and bind lock linkage and move linkage forward to unlock the door.

HYUNDAI

Tool 77

HYUNDAI SANTA FE





HYUNDAI010HYUNDAI • 848 • Style05 • 1 •H7702FRD


Hyundai Sonata 1997 1998 Hyundai Excel 1986 1994

Page 367

HYUNDAI Hyundai Sonata 1989 1996

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-s trip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe. 4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Hyundai Sonata




HYUNDAI

Tool 47


HYUNDAI

Page 368

Hyundai Sonata 1999 2001 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram. 3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe. 4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover. 5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car. 6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the car.

HYUNDAI

Tool 23

Hyundai Sonata


Hook rubber linkage cover and move it to the FRONT of the car.


Move linkage towards REAR of the car.

HYUNDAI014HYUNDAI • 844 • Style05 • 1 •H2308B


Page 369

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2002 2005 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on rear door 2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover. 5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by Twisting the tool and binding the linkage. 6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, move the linkage towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI

HYUNDAI SONATA




Move linkage towards FRONT of the car

HYUNDAI015HYUNDAI • 1258 • Style05 • 1 •hyu013


Method - M1

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sonata 2006 2010 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE FIGURE 2) 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle. 4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle. Use Caution

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI

Button

Hyundai Sonata

Insert Jack Tool into side of passenger door.

insert Air Wedge into top of passenger door.

Pump air wedge to create opening for the tool.

Insert tool towards the top of door.

Hook door lock button to unlock the door.

HYUNDAI016HYUNDAI • 1160 • Style06 • 1 •jack_but


Page 371

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2011 2012 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Button

HYUNDAI

New Hyundai Sonata

Insert Air Jack into side of passenger door.

Move the tool into position

Unlock the door

HYUNDAI016bHYUNDAI • 1722 • Style05 • 1 •startbut

insert the long reach tool


HYUNDAI

Page 372

Hyundai Tiburon 1997 2002 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With tip facing the front of the car, lower tool into door until it catches the linkage. 3. Twist tool to bind the linkage. 4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the front of the car to unlock the door. (See Figure for Position) Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct linkage,you will see the door lock button move.

HYUNDAI

Tool 23

HYUNDAI TIBURON 2000


View from inside without inside door panel.



HYUNDAI017HYUNDAI • 846 • Style05 • 1 •H2364f


HYUNDAI

Page 373

Hyundai Tiburon 2003 2008 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door

HYUNDAI

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI018HYUNDAI • 1273 • Style00 • 1 •glassbut


HYUNDAI

Page 374

Hyundai Tuscon 2005 2010 Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping 2. Insert tool in to the front door 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower the tool into the door (see figure 3). 5, Bring the tool back up on the inside of the door 7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

HYUNDAI

Tool 89

Hyundai Tuscon

Tooil in Insertion Position

Veiw from Inside the door


Hook and Move Door Lock Button



Page 375

Hyundai

Hyundai Tuscon 2011 2013 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Hyundai

Hyundai Tucson

Use an access smart light day or night to see through window tinting

Use the one hand jack tool to make working room

insert the Access Tools Air Jack

Inflait the Air Jack

Moove the door lock button to unlock the car

HYUNDAI019bHYUNDAI • 1759 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool


Hyundai XG300 2001 2005

Method - M1

HYUNDAI Hyundai XG350 4 door 2002 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1.Separate the glass from weather-strip on rear door. 2. Lower tool into the door approximately 2 inches. 3.Hook the shape horizontal rod near the top of the door and move it. 4 Watch the door lock button. When you have hooked the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

HYUNDAI

Tool 23


HYUNDAI XG350



Tool in working position HYUNDAI020HYUNDAI • 35 • Style04 • 1 •hyuxg350m2


Page 377

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Entourage 2007 2008 Tool 78SG 1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle. 2. Insert Access Air Jack into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle. Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG Button

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Entourage

Insert jack tool

Insert long reach tool

Insert air wedge and inflate

Pull door lock button to unlock

HYUNDAI022HYUNDAI • 608 • Style05 • 1 •jack_but


Method - M1

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sante Fe 2007 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

HYUNDAI

Tool 65

Hyundai Sante Fe

Insert Strip Saver and Wedge



View of working position from inside the vehicle

Push door lock button to unlock door

HYUNDAI023HYUNDAI • 609 • Style06 • 1 •R3511RD


Page 379

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Veracruz 2007 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Hyundai Veracruz




HYUNDAI024HYUNDAI • 1678 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD

HYUNDAI



HYUNDAI

Page 380

Hyundai Genesis 2 door 2010 2013 TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman Tool: Glassman Tool 1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window. 2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening. 4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button. 5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG Pull handle

Tool

HYUNDAI


Genesis Coupe

Insert Glassman

Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock open

Inser Long Reach Tool in the Glassman opening slot

Once lock is on open position, open door

HYUNDAI025HYUNDAI • 1628 • Style05 • 1 •Glasshdl


Page 381

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Genesis 4 door 2009 2013 TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward. 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door

Tool 78SG Button

HYUNDAI

Genesis Sedan

Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top side of door


Use Air Wedge on top of door to create opening, insert long reach tool


HYUNDAI026HYUNDAI • 1627 • Style05 • 1 •Jack_But


Method - M1

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Equius 2011 2013

HYUNDAI

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Button

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI027HYUNDAI • 1915 • Style00 • 1 •startbut


Hyundai

Page 383

Hyundai Velostar 2012 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Hyundai

Button

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI029HYUNDAI • 1810 • Style00 • 1 •StartBut


HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 384

Hyundai HT Light Duty All Tool: 105 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Insert the tip of the tool towards the very rear of the front door under the linkage where it connects to the door latch mechanism. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.


Wedge

Tool

Tool 105 Direction

Linkage

Direction

Hyndai Bering

Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make working room, insert tool at rear of passenger door

Lock system uses horizontal linkage. Door panel shown

HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS001HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS • 1477 • Style03 • 1 •V10505HT


Page 385


Hyundai HT Bering Medium Duty All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

Tool 26

Pull Up Linkage

Pull Up


Hyundai Bering Medium Duty

Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make workin room. Insert tool at rear of passenger door

Lower tool into door behind door’s lock button

Lift tool under door lock button to unlock door HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS002HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS • 1478 • Style04 • 1 •V2613HT


Infiniti FX 45 2003 2012

Method - M1

INFINITI Infiniti FX35 2003 2012

INFINITI


Button

Tool 78SG

INFINITI001INFINITI • 1861 • Style00 • 1 •startbut


Page 387

INFINITI

Infiniti G20 1997 2002 Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR. 2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear doorframe (point tip towards front of vehicle). 3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down). 4. Lift tool to catch linkage. 5. Twist tool to bind linkage. 6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

Infiniti G20

INFINITI

H8601BRD .eps





INFINITI003-M1INFINITI • 900 • Style05 • 1 •H8601BRD


INFINITI

Page 388

Infiniti G20 1997 2002 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR. 2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position). 3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage. 4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle. NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

INFINITI

Tool 23

Infiniti G20





INFINITI003-M2INFINITI • 901 • Style05 • 1 •H2309BRD


Page 389

INFINITI

Infiniti G35 2 Door 2003 2012 Infiniti G25 2 Door 2011 2013

Infiniti G37 2 door 2008 2009 Infiniti M45 2003 2004

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG 1 Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool


PASSENGER DOOR

INFINITI


Infiniti G35 Coupe

Insert wedge into side of window

Insert tool in between wedge


Hook lock button to unlock

Close up of tool on lock button

INFINITI004INFINITI • 1342 • Style06 • 1 •R5004


INFINITI

Page 390

Infiniti G35 4 Door 2003 2008 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 6 5 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above rear passenger door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button. 7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

INFINITI

Tool 65

Infiniti G35 Sedan




Hook door lock button to unlock

INFINITI005INFINITI • 1231 • Style05 • 1 •inf011


Infiniti G35 4 Door 2010 2012 Infiniti G IPL 2010 2012

INFINITI

Page 391

Infiniti G25 4 Door 2010 2012 Infiniti G37 4 Door 2010 2012


INFINITI

Button

Tool 78SG

INFINITI006INFINITI • 1855 • Style00 • 1 •startbut


Infiniti I30 4 Door 2000 2001

Method - M1

INFINITI Infiniti I35 4 door 2002 2004

Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66 1.Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle. 3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram). 4. Lift tool to hook linkage. 5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

INFINITI

Tool 66




INFINITI007INFINITI • 1083 • Style04 • 1 •H6602frd



Infiniti J30 1993 1998

Page 393

INFINITI Infiniti I30 1996 1999

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Lower the tool into the door at the position shown below. 3. Rotate the tool in order to insert tip below the top lock linkage. 4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage. 5. Move the tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the button move.

Tool 42

INFINITI

Infiniti J30


Close up from inside the door INFINITI009INFINITI • 1081 • Style04 • 1 •H4211F



INFINITI

Page 394

Infiniti M35 2006 2010



INFINITI

Tool 78SG

Infiniti M35

Insert Jack Tool

Insert tool to access door lock button

Insert and inflate Air Wedge


INFINITI012INFINITI • 175 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Infiniti Q45 1990 1996

INFINITI

Page 395


Tool: “S” Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door 5” to 6” from the rear edge of the door 3. Lower the tip of the tool past the inner door frame and lift. 4. Pull straight up on the tool to move the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram). NOTE: Be very gentle it is possible to knock the linkage loose.

INFINITI

ENLARGEMENT Tool 47

INFINITI013INFINITI • 1548 • Style00 • 1 •H4703


Method - M1

INFINITI

Infiniti Q45 1997 2001 TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

INFINITI

Tool 65

Infiniti Q45


Hook door lock button and turn to unlock INFINITI014INFINITI • 898 • Style04 • 1 •R3501



Infiniti Q45 2002 2008 Infiniti G35 Sport Coupe 2007 2008

Page 397

INFINITI Infiniti Q45 Sport 2006 2007

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button. 7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

INFINITI

INFINITI Q45


View of tool inside the vehicle INFINITI015INFINITI • 957 • Style04 • 1 •inf011



INFINITI

Page 398

Infiniti QX4 1997 2003 TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86 1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See diagram and photos for position). 3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage. 4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

INFINITI

H8616FRD.eps

INFINITI QX4





INFINITI016-M1INFINITI • 1187 • Style05 • 1 •H8616FRD


Page 399

INFINITI

Infiniti QX4 1997 2003 TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86 1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into FRONT passenger door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See diagram and photos for position). 3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage. 4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door. 5.Note: watch to door lock button for movement.

Tool 86

INFINITI

H8617F.eps

INFINITI QX4





INFINITI016-M2INFINITI • 1194 • Style05 • 1 •H8617F


Method - M1

INFINITI

Infiniti QX56 2005 2010 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door. 2. Insert a n Air Wedge into the door and inflate. 3. Remove the wedge from the door. 4. Insert tool into the door. 5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button. 6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door. Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

INFINITI

Tool 78SG

Infiniti QX56

Insert One Hand Jack

Insert Air Wedge

Inflate Air Wedge


Push Door Lock Button to Unlock

INFINITI017INFINITI • 1370 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ02


Infiniti EX 5 door 2008 2012 Infiniti FX35 SUV 2007 2008

Page 401

INFINITI Infiniti QX56 2011 2014 Infiniti FX35 2009 2011

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

INFINITI

Infinity EX

Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One Hand jack tool

Pull the door lock button INFINITI018INFINITI • 6 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool

Insert the Long reach tool as Needed


Method - M1

INFINITI

Infiniti EX 3 Door 2008 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

INFINITI

Tool 78SG

Infinity EX

Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One Hand jack tool

Pull the door lock button INFINITI021INFINITI • 596 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool

Insert the Long reach tool as Needed


Infiniti M37 2010 2012 Infiniti M37 Hybrid 2011 2013

INFINITI

Page 403

Infiniti M56 2010 2012 Infiniti M56 Hybrid 2011 2013

Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack 1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the jack Tool 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

INFINITI022INFINITI • 1715 • Style00 • 1 •jack_but

INFINITI

Button

Go To Index INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 404

Method - M1

International 4000 Series up to 2001

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS


Wedge

Tool 26

Pull Up Linkage

Inernational 4000 Series


Pull Up


INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1479 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT



International 4000 Series up to 2001

Page 405

International Durastar Medium Duty 2008 2012

Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool 1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle. 3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.

Linkage

Direction

Direction

Tool

Tool 102



Wedge



Page 406

International Pay Star Heavy Duty All Tool: 101 1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck. 4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.


Wed ge

Linkage

Tool

Push Down

Tool 101 Push Down

International Pay Star



INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS002INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1486 • Style03 • 1 •V10105HT



Page 407

International Cab Over Heavy Duty All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Direction Pull Up

Tool Linkage

International Heavy Duty Cab Over





Wedge



Page 408

International Eagle Flat Doors All

International Heavy Duty Models Flat Doors

Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool 1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram. 3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.


Wed ge

Linkage

Tool

Tool 101

Push Down Push Down

International Eagle with Flat Doors






International Eagle Slanted Doors All

Page 409

International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors

Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool 1 Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram. 3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.

Wedge

Tool 101 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage

Tool

Push Down Push Down

Inernational Eag;e amd new 9000 Series



Note slanted doors INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1483 • Style04 • 1 •V10106HT


Method - M2


International Eagle Slanted Doors All

International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors



Wedge

Direction Pull Up

Tool Linkage

Tool 26




International 4000 International 4300 All

Page 411

International 7000 All

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool 1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping of the passenger side door. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to allow the hooked end to access the lock linkage. 4.Once the hooked end of the tool has made contact with the lock linkage, twist the tool to bind the linkage. 5.rock the handle of the tool towards the rear to move the tip of the tool and the linkage forward and to unlock the door.

Linkage

Tool 23 Tool

Direction

Direction

International 4300 truck shown



INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS006INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 333 • Style03 • 1 •H2383HT


Wedge


ISUZU

Page 412

Isuzu Ascender 2003 2006 Isuzu Ascender 2007 2009

Isuzu Hombre 1996 2001

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage 4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool. 5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.

Tool 23

Wedge

Tool Linkage

ISUZU

Move to front

Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR

Isuzu Ascender






ISUZU001ISUZU • 1274 • Style06 • 1 •H2382F


ISUZU

Page 413

Isuzu Axiom 2002 2004 TOOL : LONG INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

ISUZU

Tool 89

ISUZU002ISUZU • 1227 • Style00 • 1 •r3504


Isuzu i-280 2006 2008 Isuzu I-290 2006 2008

Method - M1

ISUZU Isuzu i-350 2006 2008

ISUZU


ENLARGEMENT Tool 67

ISUZU004ISUZU • 913 • Style00 • 1 •H6704U


ISUZU

Page 415

Isuzu Impulse 1990 1993 Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Isuzu Impulse

Tool in working position Isuzu006ISUZU • 1084 • Style02 • 1 •H2310F

ISUZU

Tool 23


ISUZU

Page 416

Isuzu Amigo Hard & Soft Top 1994 2000 Isuzu I-Mark 1985 1993 Isuzu Pickup 1990 1995 Isuzu Rodeo 1991 1997

Isuzu Rodeo Sport 2 & 4 Door 2001 2003 Isuzu Trooper 1984 2000 Isuzu Trooper 2001 2002

ISUZU

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

ISUZU RODEO


ISUZU008ISUZU • 124 • Style03 • 1 •V2601



Isuzu Rodeo 1998 2004

Page 417

ISUZU Isuzu Oasis 1996 2000

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver and the window. 2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lockrod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

ISUZU

ISUZU RODEO








ISUZU

Method - M1

Isuzu Stylus 1990 1993

ISUZU

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION). 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

ISUZU011ISUZU • 1086 • Style00 • 1 •H2311F


Page 419

ISUZU

Isuzu VehiCross 1999 2001

Isuzu VX-4

Tool: S’ TOOL - 47 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2. Lower the tool into the door. 3. Twist tool handle to hook and bind door lock rod. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock rod inside the car.

Wedge

Tool 47 Tool Lock Linkage

Pull up Tool Pull up

ISUZU

PASSENGER DOOR

Isuzu Vehicross


View from inside the Door





ISUZU

Method - M1

Isuzu I-370 2007 2008

ISUZU


Tool 35

ISUZU016ISUZU • 768 • Style00 • 1 •R3509


Page 421

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

Linkage

Pull Up

Tool 47

Isuzu NPR pre 1995

Use Stripe Saver & wedge to prepare, and insert tool

Lower tool into door w/ tip facing door lock button. Hook linkage w/ tip of tool

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1246 • Style03 • 1 •V4715HT

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull Up


ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 422

Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995 Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Tool 26

Pull Up Linkage

Isuze NPR pre-1995

Make working room with your strip savers and wedge.

Pull Up

Lower tool into the door in position shown. Lift tool under button to unlock door.

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1404 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT


Page 423

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Isuzu HT NPR 1996 2008 Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

Linkage

Pull Up

Tool 26

Isuzu NPR 1996 and up



ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS002ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1247 • Style03 • 1 •V2613HT

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull Up


ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 424

Isuzu HT FTR Pre-1995 Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool 1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage. 3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage. 4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck. 5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 23 Wedge

Direction

Enlargement

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

Isuzu FTR up to 1995

Insert tool between glass and weatherstripping

Hook top linkage w/ tip of tool. Rotate tool to bind linkage & move it towards rear of truck.

Lower tool on top of lock linkage. Twist tool so tip moves towards back of door

Note how top linkage is the one to put tool on

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS003ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1248 • Style05 • 1 •H2340HT


Page 425

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Isuzu HT FTR 1996 2008 Tool: T105 1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door. 3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck. 4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage. 5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 105 Wedge

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool

Direction

Direction

Isuzu FTR 1996 and up

Use tool # 105

tool should be at rear of passenger side door

Lower tool into door with tip facing back of truck

Note depth of tool in door

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS004ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1249 • Style05 • 1 •V10501HT


JAGUAR

Page 426

Jaguar XJ12 1980 1996 Jaguar Majestic Jaguar Sovereign 1990 1999

Jaguar Vanden Plas 1986 1996 Jaguar XJ6 1987 1996

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. 4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

JAGUAR

Tool 88-45

V8803.eps

Jaguar XJ6



A. Tool


B. Lock Linkage

JAGUAR003JAGUAR • 27 • Style05 • 1 •V8803


Page 427

JAGUAR


Jaguar XJR 1997 2006

TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge into passenger side door. 2.Face tool tip towards the front of the car, and lower the tool into the door directly above door handle. 3.Turn tool handle away from the car to access bell crank. 4.Lift tool to flip latch mechanism in the bell crank and unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Wedge

Tool 88-45

Linkage

Pull up

JAGUAR

Bell Crank Pull up Tool Tool

PASSENGER DOOR V8811.eps

JAGUAR XJ8





JAGUAR004-M1JAGUAR • 372 • Style05 • 1 •V8811



JAGUAR

Method - M2

Jaguar XJR 1997 2006

JAGUAR

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe. 4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Tool 47

JAGUAR004-M2JAGUAR • 463 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


JAGUAR

Jaguar Coupe Convertible 1984 1996 Jaguar XJR-S 1984 1996

Page 429

Jaguar XJS 1984 1996

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 4. Using tip of tool move linkage towards front of vehicle. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct lever inside the door you will see the door lock button move.

JAGUAR

Tool 23

JAGUAR005JAGUAR • 446 • Style00 • 1 •H2001F


Jaguar XK8 Convertible 1997 2009 Jaguar XK 2007 2012 Jaguar XK8 Coupe 1997 2009

Method - M1

JAGUAR

Jaguar XKR Coupe 1997 2006 Jaguar XKR Convertible 1997 2009

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 for position). 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 78SG

JAGUAR

Tool


Jaguar XK8


View of inside of door JAGUAR007JAGUAR • 970 • Style04 • 1 •glassman



Jaguar X-Type Wagon 2005 2006 Jaguar S TYPE 2000 2009

Page 431

JAGUAR Jaguar S Type R 2003 2012 Jaguar X Type 2002 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button. 7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

JAGUAR

JAGUAR X TYPE


View of tool inside the vehicle JAGUAR008JAGUAR • 171 • Style04 • 1 •R3501



Jaguar XF 2009 2012 Jaguar XJ 2010 2012

Method - M1

JAGUAR Jaguar XKF 2009 2012

JAGUAR

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Jaguar XF

Insert the Air jack do not use the one hand jack tool

JAGUAR009JAGUAR • 1596 • Style03 • 1 •starthand

Insert the long reach tool and unlock the vehicle


Jeep Cherokee 1979 2001 Jeep Comanche 1986 1992

Page 433

JEEP Jeep Wagoneer 1980 1992

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage. 3. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage. 4. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

JEEP

JEEP CHEROKEE


A. Tool. B. Linkage C. Move in this direction JEEP001JEEP • 952 • Style04 • 1 •H2334



Jeep Grand Cherokee 1993 1998

Method - M1

JEEP Jeep Grand Wagoneer 1993 1995

Tool- Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage. 4. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage. 5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

JEEP

Tool 23

JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE


JEEP004JEEP • 1055 • Style03 • 1 •H2335B



JEEP

Page 435

Jeep Grand Cherokee 1999 2004 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate glass from door using Strip Saver and Wedge on passenger side door. 2.Take a Number 2 Tool and with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower into the door at approximately a 45 degree angle (see diagram and photo for insertion position). 3.Turn the Number 2 Tool handle away from the vehicle in order to access the linkage shield. The shield acts like a curtain. 4.While maintaining the 45 degree angle, move the tool towards the front of the vehicle in order to move the shield (see diagram and photo). 5.Once the Number 2 Tool is in position, insert a Number 23 Tool in the far end of the door, facing the front of the vehicle (see diagram and photo for insertion position). 6.Turn Number 23 Tool handle to hook and bind linkage. 7.Move linkage to front of vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23

JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE

First Tool in Insertion Position

First Tool Working, Second Tool Insertion

Both Tools in Working Position


Move Shield; Access Linkage

JEEP005JEEP • 1061 • Style06 • 1 •H2379F

JEEP



Method - M1

JEEP


Jeep Commander 2005 2010


JEEP

Tool 47

Jeep Grand Cherokee


Tool in Working Position. Lift to Unlock Door. JEEP006JEEP • 1436 • Style04 • 1 •V4707

Lower Tool into Door as Shown.


Page 437

JEEP


Jeep Liberty 2002 2007

Tool 120 1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping 2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door. 3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage 4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.

Tool 120

V8806.eps

JEEP



Tool lifting the linkage

JEEP007JEEP • 1870 • Style04 • 1 •V12001



JEEP

Page 438

Jeep CJ Series 1986 1997

Jeep Wrangler 1986 1997

JEEP

Instructions Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22 1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow. 3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown. 4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement. 5. Lower tool onto lock linkage. 6. Bind linkage twisting tool. 7. Move linkage towards front of vehicle. NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door. “

Tool 22


INSER TION


JEEP010JEEP • 165 • Style00 • 1 •V2201


Jeep CJ Series 1998 2002

Page 439

JEEP Jeep Wrangler 1998 2004

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip. 2. Lower tool into the Door. 3. Hook and bind Linkage. 4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards front of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23

JEEP

Jeep Wrangler



JEEP011JEEP • 166 • Style04 • 1 •H2333



JEEP

Page 440

Jeep Compass 2007 2012

Jeep Patriot 2007 2012


JEEP

Tool 105

Jeep Compass





JEEP012JEEP • 579 • Style05 • 1 •V10511


Page 441

JEEP

Jeep Wrangler 2006 2012

Jeep Wrangler Unlimited 2005 2012

Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower (see figure 3). 5 .Slide tool forward in door. 6 Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

JEEP

Jeep Wrangler





JEEP014JEEP • 772 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD


JEEP

Method - M1

Jeep Liberty UV 2008 2012 Tool 118 1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room. 2 Lower the tool into the door. 3 Move the tip of the tool under the bend in the door lock linkage. 4 Lift to unlock the door.

JEEP

Tool 118


Jeep Liberty


JEEP015JEEP • 1597 • Style03 • 1 •liberty



KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS

Kenworth T300 Flat Doors All Kenworth Cab Over Heavy Duty All Kenworth T400 Flat Doors

Page 443

Kenworth T600 Flat Doors All Kenworth T800 Flat Doors All

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage 4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 102 Pull Up


Kenworth T-Series w/ Flat Doors.

Note style of the door.


Lower tool into door as shown.


Close up of tool in action. Lift tool to unlock door.

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS002KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 1430 • Style06 • 1 •V10205HT



Page 444

Kenworth T300 Slanted Doors All Kenworth T400 Slanted Doors

Kenworth T600 Slanted Doors All Kenworth T800 Slanted Doors All

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage

Pull Up


Tool 102

Kenworth T-Series w/ Slanted doors

Note door style for this truck


Tool in working position KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS003KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 1161 • Style04 • 1 •V10204HT


Page 445


Kenworth K300 Cab Over Medium Duty

Kenworth T2000 All


Wedge

Tool 47 Pull Up

Kenworth T2000


Lower tool into door. Hook the door lock linkage w/ tool and lift

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS004KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 323 • Style03 • 1 •V4720HT


Pull Up



Page 446

Kenworth C series

Kenworth W Series All

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage 4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 102


Pull Up

Kenworth W Series shown


Lower tool below door lock mechanism and lift

Lift tool to unlock door KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS005KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 236 • Style04 • 1 •V10205HT


Page 447

KIA

Kia Soul 2010 2011 Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack 1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the jack Tool 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG Button

KIA

Soul


Use Air Wedge on top of door to create opening

Inflate Air Wedge

Insert Long Reach Tool

Pull door lock button back to unlock vehicle

KIA001KIA • 1630 • Style06 • 1 •Jack_But


Method - M1

KIA

Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram. 3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe. 4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover. 5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car. 6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the car.

KIA

Tool 23

KIA OPTIMA

Tool in Working Position. Use Rear Door

Close up of Tool in Action. Move to Front to Unlock. KIA002-M1KIA • 1551 • Style04 • 1 •H2381FRD



Page 449

KIA

Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006 TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

KIA

KIA OPTIMA




Move Lock Button to Rear to Unlock

KIA002-M2KIA • 1222 • Style05 • 1 •R3510


Method - M1

KIA

Kia Optima 2007 2010 TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

KIA

Tool 35

Kia Optima


Push door lock button to unlock KIA002-P1KIA • 582 • Style04 • 1 •R3510



Kia Optima 2011 2013

Page 451

KIA Kia Optima Hybrid 2011 2013

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

KIA

Soul


Use Air Wedge on top of door to create opening

Inflate Air Wedge


Pull door lock button back to unlock vehicle

KIA002-Q1KIA • 1864 • Style06 • 1 •Starthand


Kia Cinco 2002 2005 Kia Rio 2 & 4 Door 2001 2005

Method - M1

KIA Kia Rio Cinco 2004 2005 Kia Sephia 1994 1997

KIA

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver TM and the window. 2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Tool

KIA RIO


KIA003KIA • 354 • Style03 • 1 •V4710



Kia Rio 2006 2010

Page 453

KIA Kia Rio 5 2006 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping 2. Insert tool in to the front door 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into the door(see figure 3). 5. raise the tool so the tool comes out on the inside of the door 6. Slide tool in The door. 7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

KIA


Kia Rio


View from inside thedoor KIA004KIA • 857 • Style04 • 1 •R3512



KIA

Page 454

Kia Rio 4 door 2011 2013 TOOL: 67 1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door. 3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism 4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.

KIA

Tool 67

ENLARGEMENT

Kia Rio


Place tool under bell crank and lift.

KIA004b-M1KIA • 1913 • Style04 • 1 •H6701




Page 455

KIA

Kia Rio 5 door 2011 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Button

KIA

Kia Rio

Insert tha starter Air Jack

Use the Air Jack to make working room


Move the tool inside the vehicle

move the door lock buton to unlock the door

KIA004b-M2KIA • 1865 • Style06 • 1 •startbut


Method - M1

KIA

Kia Sedona Mini Van 2002 2005 Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage. 4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage. 5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves toward the front of the car.

KIA

Tool 23

KIA SEDONA



View from the inside of vehicle

Inside door panel

Close up of tool in working position

KIA005KIA • 1233 • Style06 • 1 •kia124


Page 457

KIA

Kia Sedona 2006 2012

Kia Amanti 2004 2009

Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack 1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the jack Tool 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78sg Button

KIA

Kia Sedona

Insert Jack Tool

Insert Long Reach Tool KIA006KIA • 858 • Style04 • 1 •jack_but

Insert and inflate Air Wedge


Method - M1

KIA

Kia Sephia 1998 2001 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car. 2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip. 3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car. 4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage. 5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards rear of car. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

KIA

Tool 23

Kia Sephia


Close-up of door without inside panel KIA008KIA • 676 • Style04 • 1 •H2312B



KIA

Page 459

Kia Sorento 2003 2009 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car. 3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see figure and photos). 4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage. 5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and unlock the door. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

Rear Door

KIA

Tool 23

Move to rear Rear Door

Kia Sorento


KIA009KIA • 1275 • Style03 • 1 •H23102BRD



Method - M1

KIA

Kia Sorento 2010 2012 TOOL: Air Jack Tool- 78SG . 1.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 2.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 4.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 5.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78sg

KIA

Button

Kia Sorento

Use the Air Jack to make working room

Pull the door lock button KIA009bKIA • 1755 • Style04 • 1 •jack_but



Kia Spectra Hatchback 2002 2004

Page 461

KIA Kia Spectra 2001 2004

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car. 3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see figure and photos). 4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage. 5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and unlock the door. NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

KIA

KIA SPECTRA




View of Targeted Linkage


KIA010KIA • 355 • Style06 • 1 •H2376


KIA

Page 462

Kia Spectra 2005 2010

Kia Spectra 5 2005 2010

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR. 2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position). 3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage. 4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle. NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

KIA

Tool 23

Kia Spectra 5

Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear passenger door.

View from Inside the Door.


Hook Linkage and Move to Front of the Vehicle

KIA011KIA • 856 • Style05 • 1 •H2309BRD


Page 463

KIA

Kia Sportage 1995 2002 Tool: Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge. 2. Lower the tool into door directly above the door lock button. 3. Lift up door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

Direction

Tool

KIA

KIA SPORTAGE 99


Close up of tool from inside door panel


Close up of tool and lockrod in working position

KIA012KIA • 1140 • Style05 • 1 •V2605


KIA

Page 464

Kia Sportage 2005 2010 Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1.Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping 2. Insert tool in to the front door 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower in to the door(see figure 3). 5 Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button 6. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). 7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

KIA

Tool 89

Kia Sportage


Turn tool at an angle to access door lock button



KIA013KIA • 1438 • Style05 • 1 •R3512


KIA

Page 465

Kia Rondo 2007 2010 TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

KIA

Tool 35

KIA014KIA • 581 • Style00 • 2 •R3510


Method - M1

KIA

Kia Sportage 2011 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

KIA

Button

Tool 78SG

KIA014AKIA • 1869 • Style00 • 1 •Jack_But


Page 467

KIA

Kia Borrego 2009 2011 Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. (see figure 1). 3. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 4. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2) and lower (see figure 3). 5. Slide tool forward in door. 6. Rotate the tool tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 7. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Borrego




Pull button back to unlock the vehicle

KIA015KIA • 1629 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD

KIA



KIA

Page 468

Kia Forte Coupe 2 door 2010 2012 Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward. 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, p ull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glass Saver System is recommende

Tool 78Sg

KIA

Button

Kia Forte Koupe

Insert Glassman Tool

Move tool into Position

Insert long Reach in-between Glassman

unlock vehicle

KIA016KIA • 1719 • Style05 • 1 •jack_but


Page 469

KIA

Kia Forte 4 door 2010 2012


Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).

Tool 65

KIA

Kia Forte Sedan


Pull door lock Button

KIA017-M1KIA • 1718 • Style04 • 1 •R3501

Tool being Inserted


Method - M2

KIA



TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78Sg

KIA

Button

Kia Forte Sedan

Use Jack Tool to create working room

Use the long reach to unlock the vehicle KIA017-M2KIA • 1754 • Style04 • 1 •jack_but

Insert the Air Jack


Page 471

LAND ROVER

Land Rover Discovery 1994 2004

Land Rover All Models 1980 1993

Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver and the window. 2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3. Lower the tool into door and turn handle to allow tool tip access to the door lock button. 4. Lift tool handle to unlock the door. Note 1998 and newer Land Rovers may be equipped with a type of deadlock mechanism,. If these vehicles were locked using the key the door lock button will move up and down, but will not unlock the vehicle .

Shield

Land Rover Discovery



LAND ROVER002LAND ROVER • 796 • Style03 • 1 •V2607

LAND ROVER

Tool 26


LAND ROVER

Page 472

Land Rover Freelander 3 Door 2003 2005

Land Rover Freelander 4 door 2002 2005

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4). 7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

LAND ROVER

Tool 35


LAND ROVER FREELANDER


Inside view of tool in working position

Tool in working postion

Close up

LAND ROVER003LAND ROVER • 210 • Style05 • 1 •freelander


Page 473

LAND ROVER

Land Rover LR3 2005 2009 TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Land Rover LR3

Tool in Inserstion Position. Use Rear Passenger Door.


View From Inside the Door. Hook Door Lock Button to Unlock. LAND ROVER004LAND ROVER • 1439 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD

LAND ROVER

Alternative method use Alternate starthand


LAND ROVER

Page 474

Land Rover Range Rover 1994 2000 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool NOTE: The 2000-2002 models can be opened using this method, unless they are deadlocked. The 2003 -2004 Land Rovers use a new deadlock mechanism which cannot be opened.

LAND ROVER

Tool 47

Range Rover



Hook lock rod with tool (not seen) and lift to unlock. LAND ROVER005LAND ROVER • 903 • Style04 • 1 •V4704F


Page 475

LAND ROVER

Land Rover LR2 2006 2012 Land Rover LR4 2006 2012

Land Rover Range Rover 2001 2012 Land Rover Range Rover Sport 2006 2012

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door Note: some of these vehicles may deadlock, requiring you to depress the electric door lock release button with the end of your long reach tool then immediately pulling the door lock handle twice.

Tool 78SG

LAND ROVER

Land Rover LR2

Insert and inflate air wedge

Manuever tool to door lock handle

Insert tool into door cavity


LAND ROVER007LAND ROVER • 773 • Style05 • 1 •Starthand


LAND ROVER

Method - M1

Land Rover Evoque 2011 2013

LAND ROVER

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door Note: some of these vehicles may deadlock, requiring you to depress the electric door lock release button with the end of your long reach tool then immediately pulling the door lock handle twice.

Tool 78SG

LAND ROVER008LAND ROVER • 1871 • Style00 • 1 •Starthand


Page 477

LEXUS

Lexus ES300 1992 1996 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle. NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that you move the door lock button .

LEXUS

Tool


Tool 78SG

LEXUS002LEXUS • 972 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Lexus ES300 2002 2003

Method - M1

LEXUS Lexus ES330 2004 2006

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move the door lock button. To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

LEXUS

Button

Alternative method use Alternate startbut

Lexus ES300


Lowering the tool into the door


Inside the car view of tool

Close up of inside

LEXUS004LEXUS • 1234 • Style06 • 1 •R3502


Lexus GS300 1994 2008 Lexus ES250 1990 1992

Page 479

LEXUS Lexus GS400 1994 2000 Lexus GS430 2006 2010

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5). Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move the door lock button. To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

LEXUS

Lexus GS 300/400


Close-up of inside of door LEXUS006LEXUS • 1090 • Style04 • 1 •R3501



Lexus GX470 2003 2010

Method - M1

LEXUS Lexus GX series 2010 2012

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5). Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move the door lock button. To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door

Tool 65

LEXUS

Button


Tool In Insertion Position


Vehicle will try and relock itself LEXUS007LEXUS • 1276 • Style04 • 1 •R3501

Angle tool pack to Pull Button back


Page 481

LEXUS

Lexus LX 470 1999 2007 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5). Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move the door lock button. To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door

Tool 65

LEXUS

Lexus LX 470


Tool under the window.

View inside the door.

LEXUS007bLEXUS • 1117 • Style05 • 1 •R3501



LEXUS

Page 482

Lexus RX400h 2006 2008

LEXUS

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89

Button


LEXUS008LEXUS • 860 • Style00 • 1 •R8901FD


Lexus IS 250 2006 2010

Page 483

LEXUS Lexus IS 350 2006 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move the door lock button. To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Button

Lexus IS250


Hook door lock button to unlock LEXUS009LEXUS • 143 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


LEXUS



Method - M1

LEXUS

Lexus LX570 SUV 2008 2012

LEXUS

TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG 1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extended Cab

Tool 78SG

Insert Jack Tool

Insert Air Wedge and Pump

LEXUS011LEXUS • 584 • Style03 • 1 •Jacktool

Pull Lock Button


Page 485

LEXUS

Lexus RX 300 1999 2003 Lexus LS400 1990 2000 Lexus LS430 2001 2006

Lexus LX 450 1996 1998 Lexus SC300 1992 2000 Lexus SC400 1992 2000

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and the weather-strip ping directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 5. 4. Lower (see figure 3). 6. Slide tool forward in door. 7. Rotate the tool in the door until the shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). 9 The vehicle will try and relock itself you must pull on the handle at the same time as you unlock the door button

Tool 35

Alternative method use

Lexus RX 300



Close up of tool.

LEXUS014LEXUS • 66 • Style05 • 1 •R3501


LEXUS

Button

Go To Index LEXUS

Page 486

Method - M1

Lexus RX330 2004 2007 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

LEXUS

Rear Door

Tool 89

Alternative method use Alternate AltOHJ

LEXUS015-M1LEXUS • 1401 • Style00 • 1 •R8901RD


Page 487

LEXUS

Lexus SC430 2002 2012 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. Use of the Glass Master System is re c ommended!

Tool

Tool 78SG Drivers DOOR ONLY


Drivers DOOR ONLY

LEXUS


Lexus SC430

Insert Strip Savers

Insert Glass Master Wedge

Insert Wedge Spreaders to create working room

Insert the tool

Hook the door handle on drivers door and pull.

LEXUS018LEXUS • 1236 • Style06 • 1 •R5009dd


Lexus ES350 2007 2012 Lexus ES250 All

Method - M1

LEXUS Lexus IS300 2001 2005 Lexus IS300 Sport 2002 2005

LEXUS

Tool 78SG 1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle. 2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle. These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation

Button

Tool 78SG

LEXUS019LEXUS • 583 • Style00 • 1 •jack_but


LEXUS

Page 489

Lexus ES350 2012 2013 Tool 78SG 1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle. 2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle. These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation

Button

LEXUS

Tool 78SG

LEXUS019bLEXUS • 1873 • Style00 • 1 •jack_but


Lexus IS Convertible 2010 2012

Method - M1

LEXUS Lexus ISC 2010 2012

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (See figure 1 for position). 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (See figure 2). 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (See figure 3). 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle (See figure 4). NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that you move the door lock button .

LEXUS

Pull handle

Tool


Tool 78SG

LEXUS020LEXUS • 1617 • Style00 • 1 •glasshdl


Page 491

LEXUS

Lexus GX460 SUV 2010 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG 1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extended Cab

LEXUS

Tool 78SG

Insert Jack Tool


LEXUS021LEXUS • 1760 • Style03 • 1 •Jacktool

Pull Lock Button


Method - M1

LEXUS

Lexus HS250h 2010 2012

LEXUS

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door. 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.

Button

Tool 78SG

LEXUS022LEXUS • 1762 • Style00 • 1 •startbut


Lotus Elan All

LOTUS

Page 493

Lotus Esprit

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26 1. Separate the glass from weather-strip with a strip saver. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will se the door lock button move.

LOTUS

Tool 26

LOTUS001LOTUS • 1091 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 494

Mack All Other Cab Over All Mack Cab Over Heavy Duty

Mack MR Series Heavy Duty Cab Over All

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS




Tool 103-04

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS001MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 943 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04


Page 495

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Mack Freedom All Tool: 105 1 Insert strip saver and wedge to protect the door. 2.Insert the tool into the door at a 45 degree angle. 3. Lower the tool so the tip moves towards the very back of the door above the latch mechanism (see diagram). 4.Hook the lever that extends above the latch with the tip of the tool. 5.Pull on the tool to move the lever forward and unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 105

Direction

Mack Freedom

Create working room w/ Strip Saver & Wedge. Insert tool at an angle


MACK HEAVY TRUCKS002MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1495 • Style03 • 1 •V10508HT

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction


Method - M1

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Mack Granite All Tool: 91 Over and Under Tool 1 Insert the long downward hook tool into the door. 2.Lower the tool on top of the bell-crank. 3.Push down on the bell-crank with the hooked end of the tool. 4.When you have the tool in the right position you will see the door lock button move forward.

Push down on Bell Crank with tip of tool Door Lock Button

Tool 91

Push Down

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Lock Cable

New Mack Granite

Granite has new door lock mechanism

Door lock button is on top of inner door panel




Page 497

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab All Tool: 101 1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool. 4.Care should be used only a gentle push down is required.

Wedge

Wedge

Tool 101

Direction

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab Over

Note location of door lock button on this truck

Door lock button not visible form outside

Position tool at rear of passenger door

Tool in working position. Push down on tool to unlock door.

Note position of tool in door

Mack Heavy Trucks005MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1490 • Style06 • 1 •V10101HT


MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 498

Mack New Style Paddle Handle Pre-1995 Tool: 101 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Push down on the bell crank with the tip of the tool. 4.Care should be used, only a gentle push down is required.

Tool 101

Wedge

Tool

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage Direction

Direction

Alternative method use Alternate Alt103-04

‘New Style’ Mack Trucks

This opening for trucks with this type handle. Other type, use Method 2.




Close up. Hook bell crank with tool and push down to unlock.



Page 499

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Mack Old Style Lever Type Handle All Tool: 86 Over Under Tool 1.Use the strip saver and wedge to create working room for the tool. Note the door is very tight against the glass and may require extra pressure from the wedge. 2.Insert the tool with the upward hook down into the door. 3.Lower the tool below the linkage and lift the tool up under the linkage. 4.Rotate the tool to bind the linkage. 5.Rock the tool to move the linkage forward and unlock the door.

Tool 86 Wedge

Lock Linkage Flat Bar

Alternative method use Alternate Alt103-04

‘Old Style’ Mack Truck

Lever type handle


Twist tool handle to move linkage and unlock door MACK HEAVY TRUCKS007MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1163 • Style04 • 1 •V8605HT

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Move to front to unlock


MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 500

Mack Vision 1999 2012 Tool: 26 Double Tool 1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door near the rear edge of the door. 3.Twist the tool so that the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle. 4.Lift up on the tool under the door lock button to unlock the truck.

Tool 26 Tool

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull Up

Linkage

Mack Vision

Create working room w/ Strip Saver & Wedge

Lower tool into door under door lock button. Lift tip of tool under lock button to unlock

Tip of tool must be dirctly under butt to unlock door MACK HEAVY TRUCKS008MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1250 • Style04 • 1 •V6001HT-26


MASERATI

Page 501

Maserati Biturbo Zagato All Tool: Hook & Bind - 90 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Insert tool towards door lock button towards front of door. 3. Lower the tool into the door. 4. Hook bell crank below door lock button. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.

MASERATI

Tool 90

MASERATI001MASERATI • 1092 • Style00 • 1 •H9012


MAZDA

Method - M1

Mazda MX3 1992 1996

MAZDA

Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE) 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1) 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2) 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3) 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4) 7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5) NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

MAZDA001MAZDA • 974 • Style00 • 2 •R3501


Mazda 2 4 door 2011 2013

Page 503

MAZDA Mazda 2 5 door Hatch 2011 2013

Instructions “TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door handle. 6. Pull the door handlee with the tip of the tool NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.”

Tool 89

MAZDA


Pull the tool up on the inside of the door

Use the Tip of the tool to pull the door handle Mazda002-M1MAZDA • 1881 • Style04 • 1 •R3506

Pull the door handle


MAZDA

Page 504

Mazda 2 4 door 2011 2013

Mazda 2 5 door Hatch 2011 2013


MAZDA

Tool 78SG

Use the Jack Tool to create working room to insert the Air Jack

Insert the Air Jack


Inflate the Air jack to create room to insert the Long Reach Tool

Use the tip of the tool to pull the door handle

Mazda002-M2MAZDA • 1882 • Style05 • 1 •Altohj


MAZDA

Page 505

Mazda 3 2004 2009 Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE) 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1) 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2) 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3) 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4) 7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5) NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

MAZDA


Mazda 3

Tool in Insertion Position. MAZDA003MAZDA • 1372 • Style03 • 1 •R3501



Mazda 3 Hatchback 2010 2012

Method - M1

MAZDA Mazda 3 Sedan 2010 2012

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool – 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

MAZDA

Tool 65


Mazda 3 Hatch


Push door lock button to unlock MAZDA004MAZDA • 1662 • Style04 • 1 •r3511rd



Page 507

MAZDA

Mazda 5 2006 2011 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button . Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door handle immediately after unlocking the door. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Mazda 5




Push button to unlock door


MAZDA



MAZDA

Mazda 5 2012 2013 Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack 1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door. 2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door. 3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door . 5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

MAZDA

Button

Tool 78SG

MAZDA006bMAZDA • 1875 • Style00 • 1 •jack_but

Method - M1


MAZDA

Page 509

Mazda RX8 2004 2010 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button . Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door handle immediately after unlocking the door. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Mazda RX8


Hook Door Lock Button to Unlock. MAZDA007MAZDA • 1373 • Style04 • 1 •R6501


MAZDA



Mazda 6 Wagon 2004 2008 Mazda 6 2003 2008

Method - M1

MAZDA Mazda 6 Hatch Back 2004 2008


MAZDA

Tool 89


Mazda 6


View from inside the door MAZDA008MAZDA • 476 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD



Page 511

MAZDA

Mazda 626 1998 2002 Tool: CHECK MARK TOOL 66 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car as shown below. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move. Note: Be careful not to loosen the molding around the window. If it does come loose, just pop it back into place.

Tool 66

MAZDA

MAZDA 626




Close Up: Move linkage to the REAR.

MAZDA009MAZDA • 644 • Style05 • 1 •H6601BRD


MAZDA

Page 512

Mazda 929 1992 1995 Mazda MX6 1993 1997

Mazda RX7 1986 1992

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. Note: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.

MAZDA

Tool 23

Mazda 929




Close up: Move linkage to rear

MAZDA010MAZDA • 646 • Style05 • 1 •H2313B


Mazda Miata 1990 2000

Page 513

MAZDA Mazda MX5 Roadster

Tool: Horizontal Linkage- 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook bottom linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION). 5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.

Tool 23

MAZDA

Mazda Miata


Door without inside panel MAZDA011MAZDA • 977 • Style04 • 1 •H2314F



MAZDA

Page 514

Mazda Millenia 4 Door 1995 2002 Tool: Reverse Hook Tool- 42 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on the passenger side door with a StripSaver and wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car door directly above door handle. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool handle slightly to access and door lock rod. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

MAZDA

Tool 42

Mazda Millenia





MAZDA014MAZDA • 980 • Style05 • 1 •H4210BRD


Page 515

MAZDA

Mazda MPV 1989 1999 Tool: Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26


INSER TION

Mazda MPV


Tool in working position. View from inside of car

MAZDA015MAZDA • 662 • Style04 • 1 •V2601

Close-Up of door without inside panel

MAZDA



Mazda MPV 2000 2007

Method - M1

MAZDA Mazda MPV LX 2002 2003

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip in REAR SLIDING DOOR. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

MAZDA

Tool 26

Mazda MPV


View from inside the vehicle MAZDA016MAZDA • 1146 • Style04 • 1 •V2606



Page 517

MAZDA

Mazda MX-5 Miata 2006 2011 Mazda Mazda Speed 2005 2010

Mazda Miata 2001 2008 Mazda MX-5 Miata 2004 2005

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

MAZDA

Mazda Miata

Insert glassman tool


Insert tool into cavity

Pull door lock button to unlock door



Mazda Protégé 1990 2001 Mazda 323 1990 1995 Mazda 626 1983 1992 Mazda 929 1988 1991 Mazda B series Pickup 2001 2010

Method - M2

MAZDA Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000 Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001 Mazda B3000 1990 2001 Mazda B4000 1990 2001 Mazda GLC 1980 1990

MAZDA

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver TM and the window. 2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

MAZDA021-M1MAZDA • 413 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Page 519

MAZDA

Mazda MX6 1988 1992 Mazda 626 1993 1997 Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000 Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001 Mazda B3000 1990 2001

Mazda B4000 1990 2001 Mazda Navajo 1991 1998 Mazda Protégé 1990 2003 Mazda Protégé 5 4 door 2002 2003 Mazda Protégé Speed 2003 2005

TOOL: Double Tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door. 2. Lower tool into door as show in diagram. 3. Insert tip of tool under door lock knob. 4. Lift up on door lock with tip of tool.

MAZDA

Tool 26

Mazda MX6


MAZDA021-M2MAZDA • 975 • Style03 • 1 •V2601



MAZDA

Page 520

Mazda RX7 1993 1996 Tool: Small Hook - 22 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool 3 /4 of the way into car. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 4. Insert tip of tool behind plastic shield. 5. Push down on linkage connector.

Tool 22

Tool


MAZDA

Alternative method use Alternate glassman

Mazda RX7


In approximate working position



MAZDA024MAZDA • 979 • Style05 • 1 •H2202


Page 521

Mazda

Mazda 6 2009 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool – 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Tool 65

Mazda 6

Use the rear door

Lower tool with the tip facing the front of the vehicle.

Place wedge towards the front of the rear door.

Position the tool over the button and push to unlock the car.

MAZDA026MAZDA • 1646 • Style05 • 1 •r3511rd

Mazda



Method - M1

MAZDA

Mazda Tribute 2001 2009 TOOL: 77 Tool 1.Loosen and remove the license plate’ s left side light directly above the license plate. 2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity. 3.Hook door lock activator bell crank. 4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.

Tool 77

MAZDA


Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver

Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity



Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up

Close up of Tool in Action. Move upwards to Move Lacth and Unlock

MAZDA027MAZDA • 1226 • Style06 • 1 •H7703RD


Page 523

MAZDA

Mazda CX-7 SUV 2007 2012 Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE) 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1) 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2) 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3) 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4) 7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5) NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Mazda CX-7






MAZDA



Method - M1

MAZDA

Mazda CX-9 SUV 2007 2012 Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE) 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1) 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2) 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3) 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4) 7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5) NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

MAZDA

Tool 35


Mazda CX-9


Push door lock button to unlock MAZDA028bMAZDA • 771 • Style04 • 1 •R3501



Mercedes 190E Series 1984 1995

MERCEDES

Page 525

Mercedes G500

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver and the window. 2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.



MERCEDES001MERCEDES • 981 • Style02 • 1 •V4708

MERCEDES

Tool 47


MERCEDES

Method - M1

Mercedes 300CE 1990 1995

MERCEDES

Tool: Long End of Double-Sided Tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever. 3. Lower the tool into door while tilting tool as shown in diagram ( SEE FIG. FOR POSITION ). 4. Tip of tool must enter hole in door frame. 5. Pull up on tool to lift door lock knob and open door.

Tool 26



MERCEDES

Page 527

Mercedes 420SEL 1990 1996 Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door, using inside door handle of rear door as a guide (SEE FIGURE BELOW) Note: The tip of the tool must go into the hole in the doorframe. 3. Lift up and hook bell crank (SEE FIGURE BELOW) NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell crank you will see the door lock lever move. NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Mercedes 420 SEL

Tool in working position MERCEDES003MERCEDES • 982 • Style02 • 1 •H8801RD

MERCEDES

Tool 88-45


Mercedes 260E 1980 1988 Mercedes 300E 1980 1988

Method - M1

MERCEDES Mercedes 300TE 1980 1988 Mercedes 450SL 1977

Tool: Double-Sided Tool - 26 Use REAR door and SHORT END of tool 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever. 3. Lower the tool into door while turning tool so hand of tool points away from car. 4. Tip of tool must enter hole in doorframe. 5. Hook bell crank with tip of tool. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) NOTE: Watch door lock lever. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.

MERCEDES

Tool 26

Mercedes 450SL



View from inside the door MERCEDES004MERCEDES • 561 • Style04 • 1 •H2603RD


Page 529

MERCEDES

Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005 Mercedes C280 2003 2007

Mercedes C320 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007 Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007

Tool: Strip Tool - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM) 3. Very carefully walk the Strip t ool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain extra working room) 4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob. 5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.

Tool 57

MERCEDES

MERCEDES C320

Insert Tool in Door Corner. Wire Stays on Top

Hook Lock Button Using Tool and Wire

Lift to Unlock. MERCEDES007MERCEDES • 551 • Style04 • 1 •V5702


MERCEDES

Page 530

Mercedes CLK 350 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012 Mercedes 300SL 1990 1995 Mercedes 500S 2003 2008 Mercedes 500SL 1990 1995 Mercedes 560SL 1986 1991 Mercedes 560SL 1986 1991 Mercedes CL-500 Coupe 2000 2012 Mercedes CL55 AMG Coupe 2001 2002 Mercedes CL600 Coupe 2001 2003 Mercedes CLK 250 2006 2012

Mercedes CLK 320 coupe & convertible 1998 2005 Mercedes CLK 430 coupe & convertible 1998 2004 Mercedes CLK 500 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2004 Mercedes CLK 500 2005 2012 Mercedes CLK 55 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012 Mercedes CLK Series Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012 Mercedes SL Convertible 2003 2010 Mercedes SLK 280 2003 2010 Mercedes SLK 350 2005 2007 Mercedes SLK Class 2003 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG 1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle 2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button. 4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glasman system is recommended!

Tool 78SG

MERCEDES

Tool



Mercedes CLK 320

PASSENGER DOOR


View of inside of door


Pull handle back to open door

MERCEDES010MERCEDES • 393 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Page 531

MERCEDES

Mercedes E-Class 1996 2003 Mercedes E320 Sedan & Wagon 1996 2009 Mercedes E350 Sedan 2006 2009 Mercedes E350 Wagon 2006 2009

Mercedes E430 Sedan 1996 2009 Mercedes E55AMG Sport Sedan 1996 2009 Mercedes GL450 2006 2010 Mercedes ML350 2004 2007

Tool: Strip Tool - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM) 3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain extra working room) 4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob. 5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.

Tool 57

MERCEDES

Mercedes 320E

Insert Strip Savers


Insert Strip Tool

Pull lock button open



Mercedes ML320 1998 2002 Mercedes ML430 All

Method - M1

MERCEDES Mercedes ML500 2000 2002 Mercedes ML55 2000 2002

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver and the window. 2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

MERCEDES

Tool 47

MERCEDES ML 320


Close up of door without inside panel MERCEDES013MERCEDES • 65 • Style04 • 1 •V4708



MERCEDES

Mercedes 300E 1989 1994 Mercedes C-Series 4 door 1994 2002 Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005 Mercedes C280 2004 2007

Page 533

Mercedes C320 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007 Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007 Mercedes S-Class 1994 2009

Tool: Strip Tool - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame. 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM) 3. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob. 4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. SPECIAL NOTE: You should only attempt to unlock this vehicle in an absolute emergency, the window mechanism can be damaged very easily. NOTE : This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side door airbags. This tool works from the outside of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the airbag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release of l iability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.

MERCEDES

Tool 57



MERCEDES

Page 534

Mercedes SL 500 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 Mercedes SL 600 coupe & convertible 1999 2010

Mercedes SL Class coupe & convertible 1999 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG 1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle 2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button. 4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glass Saver system is recommended!

Tool


MERCEDES


Mercedes SLK 230

PASSENGER DOOR


Veiw from inside the car


Pull handle back to open door



Page 535

MERCEDES

Mercedes GL 2006 2012 Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame. 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM). 3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob. 4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther method, use these opening methods. NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.

Tool 57

MERCEDES

Mercedes GL

Insert jack tool. Use Rear Door

Insert and inflate air wedge

Insert strip tool into door cavity

Manuever strip tool into position

Hook door lock button and lift to unlock



MERCEDES

Page 536

Mercedes G Class 2005 2012 Tool: 115 Tool 1. Insert strip saver and wedge into door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower tool into door. 3.Turn tool handle away from door. 4.Lift tool to engage lock latch and unlock door.

Tool 115

MERCEDES

Use 20o Tip

Mercedes G Class




Lift lock latch to unlock door



MERCEDES

Page 537

Mercedes C Class 4 door 2008 2012 Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master 1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool 2) Insert the RCBM tool into the car 3) loop the door lock button 4) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

MERCEDES

Tool RCBM

MERCEDES028MERCEDES • 1598 • Style00 • 1 •RCBM


MERCEDES

Page 538

Mercedes E 350 Coupe 2011 2014 Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master 1) Use the Starter Air jack to make working room do not use a jack tool 2) Insert the regular air Jack 3) Insert the RCBM tool into the car 4) loop the door lock button 5) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

MERCEDES

Tool RCBM

Use the Air Jack to make room for a Button Tool

Insert the starter Air Jack to mak working room

Insert the second regular air jack

Insert the RCBM tool to hook the lock button

Tighten the loop with the remote control handle

Lift the door lock button

MERCEDES028b-M1MERCEDES • 1886 • Style06 • 1 •startv


Page 539

MERCEDES

Mercedes E350 Coupe 2011 2014 Tool: Strip Tool - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM) 3. Very carefully walk the Strip t ool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain extra working room) 4. Manuever Strip Tool to hook door lock knob. 5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.

Tool 57

MERCEDES

MERCEDES C320

Insert Tool in Door Corner

Push the tool so it enter the vehicle

Twist the tool by pushing only one strap at a time

Hook the door lock button

Pull while lifting to unlock

MERCEDES028b-M2MERCEDES • 1887 • Style06 • 1 •V5701


Mercedes

Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2012

Mercedes

Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master 1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool 2) Insert the RCBM tool into the car 3) loop the door lock button 4) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

Tool RCBM

MERCEDES029MERCEDES • 1769 • Style00 • 1 •RCBM

Method - M1


Mercedes

Page 541

Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2012 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Mercedes

Tool 78sg

MERCEDES029bMERCEDES • 1647 • Style00 • 1 •Startmulti


MERCEDES

Page 542

Mercedes E Class Convertible 2010 2012

Mercedes E Class Coupe 2010 2012

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG 1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle 2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button. 4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glass Saver system is recommended!

Tool

MERCEDES



PASSENGER DOOR

Tool 78SG



MERCEDES

Page 543

Mercedes E Class 2010 2012 Tool: Strip Tool - 57 1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION). 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM) 3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain extra working room) 4. Manuever Strip Tool to hook door lock knob. 5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. NOTE: This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side do or airbags. This tool works from the outside of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the airbag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release of liability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.

MERCEDES

Tool 57



Method - M1

MINI

Mini Clubman Long body 2008 2012 Mini Cooper

Mini Cooper Convertible 2008 2012 Mini Cooper Convertible Convertible 2009 2012

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1 Insert the Glassman tool in-between the Glass and the weather-striping on the Drivers door 2) insert the long reach tool in-between the two layers of protective material on the Glassman tool 3) Pull on the door lock handle twice with the tip of the long reach tool to unlock the door

Tool


MINI


Mini Cooper

Drivers Door DOOR


View from inside vehicle MINI002MINI • 1279 • Style06 • 1 •R5004DD



MINI

Page 545

Mini Countryman 4 door 2011 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to open the door

MINI

Tool 78SG

MINI005MINI • 1884 • Style00 • 1 •Starthand


Mitsubishi 3000 GT 1991 1999

Method - M1

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi 3000 GT Spyder Convertible 1991 1999

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool toward front of car. 3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below. 4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door. 5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (SEE ENLARGEMENT DIAGRAM). NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 91L

Mitsubishi 3000GT



Rotate tool to bind the lock linkage and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle. MITSUBISHI001MITSUBISHI • 984 • Style04 • 1 •H9104F


Page 547

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993 Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996 Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996 Mitsubishi Diamante Wagon 1993 1996

Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993 Mitsubishi Mirage 2 Door Coupe 1989 1992 Mitsubishi Mirage 4 Door Sedan 1989 1996

Tool: Large side of double tool 26. 1. Separate glass from weather-s trip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Galant



Close-up of door without inside panel MITSUBISHI002MITSUBISHI • 918 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Eclipse 1990 1994 Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 23




close up of tool in action MITSUBISHI005MITSUBISHI • 988 • Style04 • 1 •H2317B


Page 549

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Eclipse 1995 1999

Mitsubishi Starion 1983 1989

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the car. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Eclipse




Close up- move linkage to front

MITSUBISHI006MITSUBISHI • 989 • Style05 • 1 •H2318F


MITSUBISHI

Page 550

Mitsubishi Endeavor 2004 2008

Mitsubishi Endeavor 2010 2012

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 65


Mitsubishi Endeavor



View from Inside the Door. MITSUBISHI009MITSUBISHI • 1376 • Style05 • 1 •R3511RD


Page 551

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Galant 1999 2003

Mitsubishi Galant 1994 1998

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool toward front of car. 3. Lower tool into care (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION). 5. Watch the door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. Once the correct linkage is bound, you will see the button move. 6. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards the rear of the car as to move the linkage towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Galant

Tool in Insertion position.

Inside door panel.


Close Up



Method - M1

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Diamante 1997 2004 Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the front of the car. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Diamante


View of inside of door

Turn tool to move linkage towards front of car MITSUBISHI012xMITSUBISHI • 987 • Style04 • 1 •H2316F


Page 553

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Galant 2004 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Rear Door

Tool 89

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Galant



View from Inside the Door MITSUBISHI013MITSUBISHI • 1375 • Style04 • 1 •R8901RD


MITSUBISHI

Page 554

Mitsubishi Evolution 2004 2007 Mitsubishi Lancer 4 door 2002 2006

Mitsubishi Ralliart Sedan 2004 2005

Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66 1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle. 3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram). 4. Lift tool to hook linkage. 5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle .

MITSUBISHI

Tool 66

MITSUBISHI LANCER



View from inside the vehicle MITSUBISHI014MITSUBISHI • 259 • Style04 • 1 •h6602frd


MITSUBISHI

Page 555

Mitsubishi Mirage 1985 1988 TOOL: SLIM JIM 1. Separate glass from weather-strips. 2. Use front door. 3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim. NOTE: Watch door lock button.

MITSUBISHI

Tool SJ

MITSUBISHI015MITSUBISHI • 921 • Style00 • 1 •HSJ01


MITSUBISHI

Page 556

Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1993 1996

Mitsubishi Mirage 3 Door Hatch 1989 1996

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL -23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) 4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rock the tool towards the front of the car in order to move the linkage forward. Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have found the linkage, you will see the lock button move.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 23




Close Up- move linkage to front MITSUBISHI017MITSUBISHI • 991 • Style04 • 1 •H2321F


Page 557

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1997 2002

Mitsubishi Mirage Sedan 4 door 1997 2002

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of the car. 6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Mirage


Grab lower lock linkage with hook on the end of the tool


Turn tool to move linkage towards front of car



Mitsubishi Expo 1993 1994

Method - M1

MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Montero 1989 2000

MITSUBISHI

TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2.Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3.Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Montero LS



MITSUBISHI019MITSUBISHI • 196 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Page 559

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Montero 2001 2007 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 91s 1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool. 2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position) 3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage. 4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.

Tool 91S Linkage

MITSUBISHI

MITSUBISHI MONTERO





MITSUBISHI021MITSUBISHI • 1188 • Style05 • 1 •H9194FRD


MITSUBISHI

Page 560

Mitsubishi Montero Sport 1997 2004 Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather - strip. 2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle. 3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage. 4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage. 5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves toward the front of the car.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Montero Sport



Close up of inside door without panel

Move linkage to front of vehicle




Page 561

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Outlander 2003 2006 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool. 2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position) 3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage. 4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.

Tool 23

Linkage

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Outlander





MITSUBISHI023MITSUBISHI • 1280 • Style05 • 1 •h2394FRD


Method - M1

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Precis 1990 1993 Tool: DOUBLE HOOK TOOL - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strips. 2. Use front door. 3. Point tip of tool toward rear of car. 4. Insert tool into door. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) 5. Hook the bottom of the lock button and lift. Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.

MITSUBISHI

Tool 26


INSER TION


Mitsubishi Precis



Pull up MITSUBISHI024MITSUBISHI • 993 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Page 563

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Raider 2006 2009 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Raider



Hook lock rod and lift to unlock


Go To Index MITSUBISHI

Page 564

Mitsubishi Mighty Max All Mitsubishi Pickup

Method - M1

Mitsubishi Van Upto 1990

MITSUBISHI

Tool: Large side of double tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Mitsubishi Van




Page 565

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2007 2012 Mitsubishi Eclipse 2000 2005

Mitsubishi Eclipse 2006 2012 Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2003 2005

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder

Insert glass wedge in window

Push tip of tool on lock button to unlock

Insert long reach tool into glass wedge

Closeup of tool tip unlocking door

MITSUBISHI028MITSUBISHI • 613 • Style05 • 1 •R5007


MITSUBISHI

Page 566

Mitsubishi Lancer 2007 2012

Mitsubishi Lancer Sport Back 2007 2012


MITSUBISHI

Tool 89


Mitsubishi Lancer





MITSUBISHI029MITSUBISHI • 614 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD


Page 567

MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Outlander 2007 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89

Mitsubishi Outlander



Push door lock button to unlock MITSUBISHI029xMITSUBISHI • 61 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD

MITSUBISHI



MITSUBISHI

Method - M1

Mitsubishi IMIEV 2012 2013

MITSUBISHI


Tool 78SG

MITSUBISHI030xxMITSUBISHI • 1885 • Style00 • 1 •Startmulti


Page 569

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS

Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

Tool Direction

Direction



MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS • 1496 • Style02 • 1 •V4718HT


Tool 47



Page 570

Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All Tool: 105 1.Insert the tool into the rear of the door. 2.Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. 3.Hook the door lock rod where it connects to the door latch mechanism. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.


Wedge

Tool 105 Tool Direction

Direction

Tool in the insertion position.

Tool in working position. Hook lock linkage and lift to unlock.

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS • 944 • Style02 • 1 •V10506HT


Page 571


Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE New Style All TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

Tool Direction

Direction

Mitsubishi Fuso


Tool in working position. Hook the lock rod with the tip and lift to unlock.

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS002MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS • 945 • Style03 • 1 •V4719HT


Tool 47


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan 200SX 1987 1995 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

NISSAN

Tool 47

Tool

Nissan 200 SX


View from inside the door NISSAN001NISSAN • 1347 • Style04 • 1 •V4710



Page 573

NISSAN

Nissan 200SX 2 door 1996 1998 Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle. 5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind the shield). 6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage. 7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: In order to remove the tool, first lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.

Tool 42

NISSAN

NISSAN 200SX




Twist tool in order to bind lock linkage

Twist tool to move linkage towards front of vehicle

NISSAN002NISSAN • 996 • Style06 • 1 •H4205


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan 240SX 1989 1994 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Tool

NISSAN


ENLARGEMENT



Close up of tool on linkage NISSAN003NISSAN • 1346 • Style04 • 1 •H4703




Page 575

NISSAN

Nissan 300ZX 1983 1989 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Tool


ENLARGEMENT

Nissan 300ZX




Close up of tool on lock linkage

NISSAN005NISSAN • 1348 • Style05 • 1 •H4720

NISSAN


Go To Index

Nissan 350 Z Nissan 240SX Nissan 300ZX Nissan 350 Z

Method - M1

NISSAN

Page 576

2003 2005 1995 1998 1990 1996 2006 2008

Nissan 350 Z Roadster 2004 2009 Nissan GTR 2009 2012 Nissan NX 2 Door 1991 1994 Nissan Pulsar All

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door. This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use under normal circumstances.

Tool 78SG

NISSAN

Tool


Nissan 350 Z

Insert Super Wedge/Glassman and Tool



Push Door Luck Button


NISSAN007NISSAN • 1343 • Style06 • 1 •glassman


NISSAN

Page 577

Nissan Altima 1993 1997 Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear door frame (point tip towards rear of vehicle). 3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down). 4. Lift tool to catch linkage. 5. Twist tool to bind linkage. 6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 42

NISSAN ALTIMA



NISSAN008-M1NISSAN • 998 • Style04 • 1 •H4213F


NISSAN



NISSAN

Page 578

Nissan Altima 1998 2001 Tool : Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR. 2. Insert tool with tip (the side of the tool with a 90 0 bend) pointing towards rear of vehicle (see illustration for position). 3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram). 4. Lift tool to catch linkage. 5. Twist tool to bind linkage. 6. Pull tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

REAR DOOR

Tool 86 Wedge

Wed

Linkage Linkage

NISSAN

Move to Front

REAR DOOR

Nissan Altima

Move to Front

H8614FRD.eps



Close up of tool

NISSAN009NISSAN • 1124 • Style05 • 1 •H8614FRD



Nissan Altima 2002 2006

Page 579

NISSAN Nissan Maxima 2004 2008

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

NISSAN ALTIMA


Inside view for tool in working position NISSAN010NISSAN • 1105 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD


NISSAN



NISSAN

Page 580

Nissan Altima 2007 2009 Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

NISSAN

Tool 35

Nissan Altima





NISSAN010bNISSAN • 62 • Style05 • 1 •R3511RD


Page 581

NISSAN

Nissan Altima 2010 2013 Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

NISSAN

Nissan Altima


Move the tool into position inside the vehicle

Bring tool up on the inside the vehicle


NISSAN010cNISSAN • 1888 • Style05 • 1 •R3502


NISSAN

Page 582

Nissan Armada 2004 2012 Nissan Pathfinder Armada 2004 2012

Nissan Titan 2004 2012

Tool: 74 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. With the tip of the tool facing the front of the car, lower tool into door at the very front of the Drivers door. 3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool emerges from under the glass and inside of the car. Note : it may be difficult to lift the tool up into the vehicle. Gently probe to find the gap between the glass and the inside door panel. 4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, maneuver the tool to push down on the electric door lock button and unlock the door. Driver’ s door only

NISSAN

Tool 74


Nissan Armada


View from Inside the Door. NISSAN011NISSAN • 1379 • Style04 • 1 •H7404



Nissan Armada 2004 2012

Page 583

NISSAN

Nissan Pathfinder Armada 2004 2012

TOOL: 77 Tool 1. Loosen and remove the license plate’ s left side light directly above the license plate. 2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity. 3.Hook door lock activator bell crank. 4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.

Tool 77

NISSAN

Nissan Armada

Tool in Insertion Position. Lift Rear Door Handle Hatch to Insert Tool.

Closeup of Tool Insertion Point.


View from Inside Rear Door. Position Tool to Hook Latch.

Hook Latch with Tool. Lift to Unlock.

NISSAN011-M2NISSAN • 1506 • Style06 • 1 •H7703RD


NISSAN

Page 584

Nissan Frontier 1998 2004

Nissan Pickup 1998 2004

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door at the position shown in the diagram. Note Do not lower the tool far into the door, as the linkage is very high. 3.Lift tool to hook and bind linkage. 4.Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage forward and unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

NISSAN

H8611.eps


NISSAN FRONTIER





NISSAN012-M1NISSAN • 71 • Style05 • 1 •H8611


Page 585

NISSAN

Nissan Frontier 1998 2004 Nissan Frontier 2005 2012

Nissan Pickup 1998 2005

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). The door lock will relock automatically, so you must open the door immediately after unlocking it. NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

NISSAN

NISSAN FRONTIER


Tool inside vehicle


View from inside of vehicle

NISSAN012-M2NISSAN • 1135 • Style05 • 1 •R3503


NISSAN

Page 586

Nissan Frontier Crew Cab 2001 2004

Nissan Open Sky 2003 2004

TOOL: S’ Tool- 47 1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle. 3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door. 4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos). 5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.

NISSAN

Tool 47

NISSAN FRONTIER CREW CAB




Hook Linkage and Pull up to Engage Bell Crank

NISSAN014NISSAN • 1199 • Style05 • 1 •H4709RD


NISSAN

Nissan Maxima 1990 1994 Nissan Sentra 1987 1990

Page 587

Nissan Stanza 1982 1998

Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver TM and the window. 2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool. 3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool. 4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

NISSAN

Tool 47


NISSAN015NISSAN • 648 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan Maxima 1995 1999 Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Hook and bind lock linkage directly under doorknob. 3. Rock tool towards front of car to move linkage forward.

NISSAN

Tool 42


NISSAN MAXIMA


Close up of tool NISSAN017NISSAN • 649 • Style04 • 1 •H4212F

Close up of inside door without panel


Page 589

NISSAN

Nissan Maxima 2000 2003 Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66 1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle. 3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram). 4. Lift tool to hook linkage. 5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 66

NISSAN MAXIMA 2000





NISSAN018NISSAN • 995 • Style05 • 1 •H6602FRD

NISSAN



Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan Murano 2003 2008 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

NISSAN

Tool 65


Nissan Murano


View from inside the door NISSAN019NISSAN • 1281 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD



Nissan Axxess 1990 1992 Nissan Pathfinder 1982 1995

Page 591

NISSAN Nissan Pickup 1985 1997 Nissan Truck 1985 1997

Tool : Large side of double tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. Note: you should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

NISSAN

NISSAN PICKUP TRUCK


Close up of Door without Inside Panel NISSAN021NISSAN • 197 • Style04 • 1 •V2601

Door without Inside Panel


NISSAN

Page 592

Nissan Pathfinder 1996 2004 TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86 1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See diagram and photos for position). 3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage. 4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

NISSAN

H8616FRD.eps



Close up of Tool in Action NISSAN022NISSAN • 70 • Style04 • 1 •H8616FRD



NISSAN

Page 593

Nissan Pathfinder 2005 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

Nissan Pathfinder


Tool in Working Position on Inside of the Car.

View from Inside the Car.

Hit Door Lock Button to Unlock the Car.

Closeup of Tool in Action.

NISSAN023NISSAN • 1444 • Style06 • 1 •R3512

NISSAN

Alternative method use Alternate AltOHJ


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan Quest van 1993 2002 TOOL: S’ Tool- 47 1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle. 3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door. 4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos). 5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.

NISSAN

Tool 47

ENLARGEMENT

NISSAN QUEST


Door without inside panel NISSAN025NISSAN • 1066 • Style04 • 1 •H4703



Page 595

NISSAN

Nissan Quest van 2004 2010 Tool : Inside Access Tool 35 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door 4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button. 5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 35

NISSAN

Nissan Quest


Lower tool into the door.

Lift working end of tool inside the vehicle.

Maneuver the tool to reach the door lock button.

Hook the door lock button to unlock the door.



NISSAN

Page 596

Nissan Quest van 2011 2013 Tool 126 1) Use the rear passenger sliding door for this opening. 2) measure about for inches from the pillar post the tool can be used as a guide. 3) mark that spot so you can lower the tool into the door at that position 4) turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle. 5) the tool should be resting on the weather striping. 6: the hole you must find is directly behind the door lock button ion the inside. 7) the tip of the tool must be poked through thin plastic sheet (paper thin) 8) push the tip of the tool in while moving the tip to the rear 9) The tip must move the plastic lever in the door towards the rear which in turn will lift the door lock button

Tool 126 Poke tool through plastic sheet

INSIDE VIEW

NISSAN

PUSH

Nissan Quest

Use the tool to get an approximately insertion point about 4” from post

Insert the tool at the sliding passenger rear door

Lower the tool into the door turning the tip towards the inside

the tip of the tool must poke through plastic liner in the door to move lever forward

Note the position of the tool, the tool must move the plastic lever forward

NISSAN026B-M1NISSAN • 1894 • Style06 • 1 •Quest_1


Page 597

NISSAN

Nissan Quest van 2011 2013 Instructions “ TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button. 6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door”

Tool 78SG Button

NISSAN

Nissan Quest

Use thejack tool

Insert the air jack

Inflate the air Jack


Move the button to unlock

NISSAN026B-M2NISSAN • 1895 • Style06 • 1 •jack_but


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan NV Linup 2012 - 2013

NISSAN

Instructions “Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door”

Button

Tool 78SG

NISSAN027NISSAN • 1893 • Style00 • 1 •startbut


Page 599

NISSAN

Nissan Sentra 2001 2006 Nissan Sentra 1991 1994

Nissan Sentra 1995 1999 Nissan Sentra SE-R 2004 2006

Tool : Inside Access Tool 35 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door 4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button. 5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 35

NISSAN

Nissan Sentra



Lower tool into door




NISSAN

Page 600

Nissan Xterra 2005 2012

Nissan Xterra 2000 2004

NISSAN

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

Alternative method use Alternate startmulti



NISSAN

Page 601

Nissan Juke 2011 2012 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

NISSAN

Tool 78

NISSAN033NISSAN • 1889 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


NISSAN

Page 602

Nissan Sentra 2007 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

NISSAN

Tool 65


Nissan Sentra





NISSAN034NISSAN • 63 • Style05 • 1 •R3511RD


Nissan Versa 4 door 2007 2011

NISSAN

Page 603

Nissan Versa 5 door Hatch 2007 2012

Tool: 35 Under Window Tool 1. Insert strip saver and wedge between glass and weather-striping 2.Insert tool into the front door 3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door(see figure2). 4.Lower tool (see figure 3). 5.Slide tool in the door 6.Rotate the tool into the door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass 7.Raise the tool until the portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8.Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the moving of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Nissan Versa


Push door lock button to unlock NISSAN035NISSAN • 64 • Style04 • 1 •R3512


NISSAN



NISSAN

Method - M1

Nissan Versa 4 door 2012 2013

NISSAN


Tool 35

NISSAN035BNISSAN • 1890 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


NISSAN

Page 605

Nissan Rogue 2008 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Insert the air Wedge


NISSAN038NISSAN • 578 • Style03 • 1 •jacktool

NISSAN

Tool 78SG


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan 370 Z 2009 2012

NISSAN

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle NOTE: Due to the size of the window, this opening may be difficult to perform.

Tool


Tool 78SG

NISSAN039NISSAN • 1648 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Page 607

Nissan

Nissan Cube 2009 2013 Instructions “Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door”

Tool 78SG

Button

Nissan

Nissan Cube

Use the stater wedge to make working room


Insert the regular Air jack

Push the door lock button to unlock the vehicle

NISSAN040NISSAN • 1620 • Style05 • 1 •Startbut


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan Murano 2009 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button 7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

NISSAN

Tool 65


Nissan Murano



Bring the tool into the inside of the

move the door lock button

close up



Page 609

NISSAN

Nissan Murano Cabriolet 2011 2012 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door.


Tool 78SG

NISSAN041BNISSAN • 1892 • Style00 • 1 •Glassman

NISSAN

Tool


Method - M1

NISSAN

Nissan Maxima 2009 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button 7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

NISSAN

Tool 65


Maxima

Use the rear door

Insert with the tip facing the front

Lift tool and bring V tip on the inside of the vehicle

Position tool onto the button

Twist tool to unlock the vehicle



NISSAN

Page 611

Nissan Leaf 4 door 2011 2012 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

NISSAN

Tool 78SG

NISSAN043NISSAN • 1745 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 612

Peterbilt 387 All

Peterbilt 270 Day Cab Over All



Wedge

Tool 47 Tool Linkage Pull Up

Pull Up

Peterbilt 387

Insert tool at rear of passenger door

Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift tool to unlock door

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1500 • Style03 • 1 •V4717HT


Page 613


Peterbilt Day Cab Over All TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

Tool Direction

Direction

Peterbilt Day Cab Over


Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift tool to unlock door

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1498 • Style03 • 1 •V4719HT


Tool 47



Page 614

Peterbilt 389 All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Wedge


Pull Up

Pull Up Tool Linkage

Peterbilt 389


Lower tool into door w/ tip under door lock button. Lift tool to unlock door


PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1497 • Style04 • 1 •V2616HT


Page 615


Peterbilt All Other Models All Tool: Double Tool 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) 4. Lift tool to contact door lock button. 5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Wedge

Pull Up Tool Linkage Alternative method use Alternate Alt103-04

Peterbilt 378


Lower tool into door under door lock button lift tool to unlock door

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1501 • Style03 • 1 •V2616HT


Pull Up

Go To Index PEUGEOT

Page 616

Method - M1

Peugeot All All

PEUGEOT

Tool: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG.FOR POSITION) 4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct lever inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

V8804.eps

Tool 88-20

PEUGEOT001PEUGEOT • 1530 • Style00 • 1 •V8804


Page 617

PORSCHE

Porsche Boxter All Porsche 911 1987 2005

Porsche ALL OTHERS

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.

Tool 78SG

Tool


Porsche Boxter

PASSENGER DOOR

Insert protective sleeve

Manuever tool to unlock door

PORSCHE


Insert glassmaster and tool

Hook door lock handle with end of tool

PORSCHE005PORSCHE • 1002 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


PORSCHE

Page 618

Porsche 928 Coupe All

Porsche Cayenne 2003 2012

Tool- 78SG Use the one hand jack and the Regular Air jack 1. Use the jack tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Jack Tool 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

PORSCHE

Pull Handle

Porsche Cayenne

Insert Strip Saver on Top Side of Door.

Insert One Hand Jack Into Door Through Strip Saver.

Use Air Jack Wedge to Create a Cavity in the Door.

Tool in Working Position. Insert on Top of Door to Position Working end.

Hook Door Handle to Unlock.

PORSCHE006PORSCHE • 266 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ04


Page 619

PORSCHE

Porsche Panamera 2010 2012 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!

Tool 78sg

PORSCHE

Panamera

Insert the air jack

Insert the

Use the twin Air Jack to assure even distribution for opening

Hook the door handle

pull the door handle to unlock the door

PORSCHE007PORSCHE • 1704 • Style06 • 1 •jackhand


Method - M1

PORSCHE

Porsche 911 Carrera 2006 2012 Porsche 911 1980 1986

Porsche 911 Carrera S 2006 2012 Porsche 944 1987 1992

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.

Tool 78SG

Tool


PORSCHE


PASSENGER DOOR

Porsche Carerra

Insert protector

Insert glassman tool

Insert tool into cavity created by glassman


Hook door lock button to unlock door

PORSCHE008PORSCHE • 667 • Style06 • 1 •R5004


ROLLS ROYCE

Page 621

Rolls Royce Corniche All TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care). 2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car. 3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear). 4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car. NOTE: Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement. When you contact the proper rod, you will see the rear door lock handle move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo

ROLLS ROYCE

h8804

Tool 88-20

ROLLS ROYCE001ROLLS ROYCE • 1003 • Style00 • 1 •H8804


Method - M2

SAAB

Saab 9000 1986 1999 Saab 900 Upto 1993

Saab 9000 1986 1999

Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool. 5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.

SAAB

Tool 22

Saab 9000



View From Inside The Door

Hook Bell Crank and lift to unlock door

Hook bell crank and lift

SAAB002SAAB • 1005 • Style06 • 1 •H2207


Saab 92 2005 2006

Page 623

SAAB Saab 92X 2005 2006

Tool: - 77 1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the door handle (See photo 2 and 3). 3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage. 4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool. 5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.

Saab 92X


SAAB003SAAB • 1383 • Style03 • 1 •H7711


SAAB

Tool 77


SAAB

Page 624

Saab 900 1994 & up Saab 9-3 1999 2002 Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002 Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002

Saab 9-3 Saab 9-5 Saab 9-5 Saab 900

1999 2002 1999 2001 1999 2001 1994 & up

Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool. NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car for movement.

SAAB

Tool 26


Saab 93



Close Up

SAAB005SAAB • 532 • Style05 • 1 •V2601



Page 625

SAAB

Saab 9-3 2003 2012 Saab 9-3 Convertible 2003 2011 Saab 9-3 Sport 2007 2011

Saab 9-5 2002 2010 Saab 9-5 Convertible 2004 2006


Tool 47

SAAB

Saab 93





SAAB006SAAB • 1283 • Style05 • 1 •V4701


SAAB

Page 626

Saab 9-7X 2005 2010 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door. 2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage 4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool. 5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 23

Tool Linkage

SAAB

Move to front

Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR

Saab 97x




Close up of tool on lock linkage

SAAB008SAAB • 686 • Style05 • 1 •H2382F


Page 627

SAAB

Saab 9-5 2010 2012 Instructions “ Tool:125 Tool 1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4.Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5.Lift tool to unlock the door”

Tool 125

SAAB

Saab 9-5


Insert the tool as shown

tool in working positron

hook the linkage with the tip pf the tool

close up

SAAB009SAAB • 1896 • Style06 • 1 •V12501


GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Saab

Method - M1

Saab 9-4X SUV 2011 2013



Tool 125


Tool 124

Tool Being Inserted

View form inside the door

Tool Grasping Linkage

close-up

SAAB010Saab • 1897 • Style05 • 1 •VSRX2010


Page 629

SCION

Scion TC 2005 2010 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65

SCION

Scion TC


View from Inside the Door. Hook Door Lock Button to Unlock. SCION001SCION • 1448 • Style04 • 1 •R3510

Tool in Working Position. Working End of Tool Inside the Car.


Method - M1

SCION

Scion XA 2004 2007 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

SCION

Tool 65

Scion XA


View from Inside the Door. SCION002SCION • 1397 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD



SCION

Page 631

Scion XB 2004 2007 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

SCION


Scion XB


SCION003SCION • 1396 • Style03 • 1 •V4701



SCION

Page 632

Scion XB 3 Door 2008 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

SCION

Tool 78SG

Scion XB

Make room using the jack Tool


Insert the AirJack


SCION004SCION • 1600 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Page 633

SCION

Scion XD 2008 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG 1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

SCION

Scion XD

Insert the Air Wedge

Move the door lock button with the tool

SCION005SCION • 1599 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool



Scion

Method - M1

Scion IQ 2012 2013

Scion


Tool 78SG

SCION006SCION • 1898 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


Scion

Page 635

Scion XD 2012 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Scion

Tool 78SG

SCION007SCION • 1899 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


Smart

Page 636

Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2012 TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Create small opening at the roof of car by lifting canvas by hand 2. Insert the tool in the opening and guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door

Lift Canvas To Insert Tool

Tool 78sg

Tool

Smart

Handle

Smart ForTwo

Carefully lift rim of canvas

Manuver tip of Long Reach Tool for insertion under the canvas

Insert Long Reach Tool through under the canvas

Position tip of tool under the opening handle

Pull the handle to open door

Smart001M1SMART • 1666 • Style06 • 1 •SmartUC


Smart

Page 637

Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2012 TOOL: Long Inside Access - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4 Lower (see figure 3). 5 .Slide tool forward in door.6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip ispositioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4) 6 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicleNote: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Smart

Tool 89

Smart ForTwo

Move the door lock handle with tip

Smart001M2SMART • 1618 • Style03 • 1 •r3501

Move tool to back to move handle


Method - M3

SMART

Smart ALL 2008 2012 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1. Insert the glassman tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door. Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!

Tool

SMART



Tool 78SG

Smart001M3SMART • 602 • Style00 • 1 •r5004

PASSENGER DOOR


Page 639

STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS

Sterling Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009 Tool 120 1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping 2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door. (The window run channel is the piece the windows slides down in 3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage 4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.

Tool 120


V8806.eps



Notice the tool Is inserted behind the window run channel

Tool lifting the linkage behind the run channel Sterling Heavy Trucks002M1STERLING • 1692 • Style04 • 1 •V12001



Page 640

Sterling All Models All TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Wedge


Pull Up

Sterling



STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS • 1502 • Style03 • 1 •V4717HT



Page 641

Sterling All Models All Tool: 105 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3. Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .

Wedge

Sterling Truck



STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS • 1507 • Style03 • 1 •V10507HT


Tool 105 Pull Up



Page 642

Sterling Bullet 4500 Cab Chassis 2008 2009

Sterling Bullet 5500 Cab Chassis 2008 2008


Tool 47


Wedge


Pull Up

Sterling




View from Inside

Sterling Heavy Trucks002M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS • 603 • Style05 • 1 •V4717HT


Subaru 3 door All

SUBARU

Page 643

Subaru Justy All

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Use front door. 3. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage. 4. Twist tool to bind the linkage. 5. Push tip of tool towards rear of car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

SUBARU

Tool 23

SUBARU001SUBARU • 834 • Style00 • 1 •H2364F

Go To Index SUBARU

Page 644

Method - M1

Subaru Loyale All

SUBARU

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care). 2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car. 3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear). 4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car. NOTE : Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement. When you contact the proper rod, you will see the rear door lock handle move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45

h8804

SUBARU LOYALE


SUBARU001xSUBARU • 1093 • Style03 • 1 •H8804



Page 645

SUBARU

Subaru B9 Tribeca 2006 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89

SUBARU

Subaru B9 Tribeca

Tool in insertion position. Use rear door.

Push lock button to unlock door. SUBARU002SUBARU • 1450 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD



Subaru Legacy 2004 2009

Method - M1

SUBARU Subaru Outback 2004 2009

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button. NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

SUBARU

Tool 65

Subaru Legacy


Push lock button to unlock. SUBARU002xSUBARU • 1449 • Style04 • 1 •R3504



Page 647

SUBARU

Subaru Baja 2003 2007 Tool: 77 1. With a strip saver and wedge, s eparate glass from weather-stripping on passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook linkage . 5. Push down on tool to move linkage downward and unlock the door.

Tool 77

SUBARU

Subaru Baja




Close up of tool on linkage

SUBARU003SUBARU • 681 • Style05 • 1 •H7711


SUBARU

Page 648

Subaru Forester 1998 2002 Tool: S TOOL 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank. 5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

SUBARU

Tool 47

Subaru Forester




Close up of tool on linkage



Page 649

SUBARU

Subaru Forester 2003 2007 TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 4.With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure NOTE: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways in order to achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations-configure your remote access system according to your specific needs.

Tool


Subaru Forester

Insert glass spreader

SUBARU005SUBARU • 1362 • Style03 • 1 •glassman


SUBARU

Tool 78SG


SUBARU

Page 650

Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001

Subaru Impreza 1993 2001

Tool: S TOOL 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank. 5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

SUBARU

Tool 47

Subaru Impreza


Twist tool to hook linkage and lift

SUBARU006-M1SUBARU • 207 • Style04 • 1 •H4701




Page 651

SUBARU Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) . 4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle. 5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind shield). 6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage. 7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the rear of the vehicle. NOTE: In order to remove the tool, first lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.

Tool 42

SUBARU

Subaru Impreza


Twist tool to move linkage towards rear of vehicle SUBARU006-M2SUBARU • 1096 • Style04 • 1 •H4206



SUBARU

Method - M1

Subaru Legacy 1995 2003

SUBARU

Tool: S TOOL - 47 1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool. 3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 4. Lift the tool so tip is in front of bell crank. 5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

Tool 47

SUBARU006bSUBARU • 1009 • Style00 • 1 •H4701


SUBARU

Subaru Impreza 4 door 2002 2007 Subaru Impreza WRX 4 Door 2003 2007

Page 653

Subaru WRX 4 door 2003 2007

Tool: - 77 1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the door handle (See photo 2 and 3). 3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage. 4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool. 5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.

SUBARU

Tool 77



Method - M1

SUBARU

Subaru Legacy 1992 1994 Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91 1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care). 2. Insert tool with tip pointing towards the rear of the car approx. 9 from edge. 3. Lower tool into door approx. 10 4. Turn tool so it is above lower linkage. 5. Twist tool so it binds the linkage. 6. Move it towards the front of vehicle. NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

SUBARU

Tool 91L

SUBARU LEGACY WAGON


Tool in working Position



Close up of tool

SUBARU009SUBARU • 1008 • Style06 • 1 •H9105F


Page 655

SUBARU

Subaru Legacy Outback 1996 2003

Subaru Outback 1996 2003

Tool: - Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the door handle (See photo 2 and 3). 3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage. 4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool. 5. Move linkage downward to unlock the door.

Tool 86

SUBARU

Subaru Legacy Outback




Close up of Tool Hooking Linkage



SUBARU

Subaru SVX All

SUBARU

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button. 3. Insert tip of tool under top linkage. 4. Lift tool and move to rear of vehicle. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

H8605B.eps

Tool 86

SUBARU015SUBARU • 1094 • Style00 • 1 •H8605B

Method - M1


SUBARU

Page 657

Subaru Legacy 2010 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

SUBARU

Tool 78SG

SUBARU016SUBARU • 1747 • Style00 • 1 •altohj


SUBARU

Page 658


Subaru Forester Wagon 2008 2012

Tool 89 1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping 2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door Remove the Wedgee and strip saver 3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door 4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button 5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

SUBARU

Tool 89

Subaru Impreza


Place tip on door lock button

Tool working position

Push button with tip to unlock

SUBARU019SUBARU • 1590 • Style05 • 1 •alt89fd


Page 659

SUBARU

Subaru Outback 2010 2012 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door.

SUBARU

Tool


Tool 78SG

SUBARU020SUBARU • 1746 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Suzuki Forenza 2004 2008 Suzuki Esteem 1995 2002 Suzuki Forenza Wagon 2005 2008 Suzuki Reno 2005 2008 Suzuki Samarai

Method - M1

SUZUKI Suzuki Sidekick 2 door 1996 1998 Suzuki SV7 2002 2005 Suzuki Vitara 1999 2005 Suzuki XL7 2000 2007


SUZUKI

Tool 47


Suzuki Forenza


SUZUKI003SUZUKI • 1384 • Style03 • 1 •V4701



Page 661

SUZUKI

Suzuki Aerio 2003 2007 Suzuki Aerio GS Sedan 2003 2007 Suzuki Aerio SX Hatchback 3 Door 2002 2007

Suzuki SX4 4 door 2007 2012 Suzuki Verona 2004 2006


Direction

Direction



SUZUKI003BSUZUKI • 682 • Style02 • 1 •V4703

SUZUKI

Tool 47


SUZUKI

Suzuki X-90 1996 1998

SUZUKI

Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2.Lower the tool into the door. 3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

SUZUKI003bSUZUKI • 441 • Style00 • 2 •V2601

Method - M1


SUZUKI

Page 663

Suzuki Grand Vitara 2006 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

SUZUKI

Tool 89

SUZUKI004SUZUKI • 1493 • Style00 • 1 •R3512


SUZUKI

Method - M1

Suzuki Swift Horizontal Toggles All

SUZUKI

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage (ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION). 5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door. NOTE: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.

Tool 23

SUZUKI008SUZUKI • 835 • Style00 • 1 •H2313B


Page 665

SUZUKI

Suzuki XL7 2007 2012 Tool: 77 Tool 1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle. 2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. 3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage. 4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage . 5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.

Tool 77

Shield

SUZUKI

Suzuki XL7



Tool in working positin

Hook lock linkage to unlock door

SUZUKI011SUZUKI • 673 • Style05 • 1 •H7713F


SUZUKI

Method - M1

Suzuki Equator 2009 2012

SUZUKI

Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping 2. Insert tool in to the front door 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 5. 4. Lower (see figure 3). 6.Slide tool in The door. 7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

SUZUKI012SUZUKI • 1682 • Style00 • 1 •R3512


Page 667

SUZUKI

Suzuki Kizashi 2010 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78sg

SUZUKI

Suzuki Kasashi

Use the Jack Tool to create working room


unlock the door

SUZUKI013SUZUKI • 1756 • Style05 • 1 •altohj

Insert the air jack


SUZUKI

Page 668

Suzuki Kizashi 2010 2012 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .

SUZUKI

Tool 65

Suzuki Kasashi

Insert tool in door

Moove tool into working position

Use the wedge to create working room

unlock the door

SUZUKI013bSUZUKI • 1748 • Style05 • 1 •R6501


Page 669

TOYOTA

Toyota Venza 4 door 2009 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG 1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate. 3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool. 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG Button

TOYOTA

Toyota Venza



Use Air Wedge on top of door to create opening, insert long reach tool


TOYOTA001TOYOTA • 1658 • Style05 • 1 •Jack_But


TOYOTA

Page 670

Toyota 4-Runner 2003 2007 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 89


Toyota 4-Runner



Tool in working positino


TOYOTA004TOYOTA • 1352 • Style05 • 1 •R3502


Page 671

TOYOTA

Toyota 4-Runner SUV 2010 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA

Toyota 4 runner

Insert Jack Tool

Pull the door handle with the long reach tool TOYOTA004bTOYOTA • 1750 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool



TOYOTA

Page 672

Toyota Avalon 2000 2005 Toyota Avalon 4 Door 1995 1999

Toyota Avalon 2006 2010

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 35


TOYOTA AVALON




Flip lock button to unlock door



TOYOTA

Page 673

Toyota Avalon 2010 2012 Tool 78SG 1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle. 2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle. Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Button

TOYOTA

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA006BTOYOTA • 1751 • Style00 • 1 •jack_but


TOYOTA

Page 674

Toyota Camry 1988 1991 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping o REAR DOOR with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car 3. Lower the tool into the vehicle at the position shown in the diagram 4. Lift the tool underneath the bottom linkage and hook it with the tip of the tool. 5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage (SEE ENLA RGEMENT DIAGRAM) 6. Slide the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle

TOYOTA

Tool 23

Toyota Camry





TOYOTA009TOYOTA • 1351 • Style05 • 1 •H23100BRD


TOYOTA

Page 675

Toyota Camry 2 Door 1992 1996 Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 35



TOYOTA

Page 676

Toyota Camry 4 Door 1992 1996 Tool: S TOOL 47 1.Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool. 2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield. 4. Push down on linkage.

Tool 47

TOYOTA


Toyota Camry




Hook linkage and push down on linkage

TOYOTA011TOYOTA • 1082 • Style05 • 1 •H4702


Page 677

TOYOTA

Toyota Camry 4 door 2007 2011 Toyota Camry 4 Door 1997 2001

Toyota Camry 2002 2006 Toyota Camry 2002 2006


Tool 35

Toyota Camry

Tool in insertion position, facing front of vehicle.

Hook lock button with tool to unlock


Closeup of tool tip on lock button


TOYOTA



Toyota

Method - M1

Toyota Camary 2012 2013

ACURA


Tool 78SG

TOYOTA014ATOYOTA • 1900 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


Page 679

TOYOTA

Toyota Celica 1982 1989 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool toward front of car. 3. Lower tool into door until the tip of the tool rests on the top linkage (see illustration below). 4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage. 5. Tilt the tool as to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle. Use Driver’ s Side Door

Tool 23



Close up

TOYOTA014BTOYOTA • 1011 • Style04 • 1 •H2323B

door without inside panel

TOYOTA



TOYOTA

Page 680

Toyota Celica Coupe 2000 2005 Toyota Celica 1990 1993

Toyota Celica 1994 1999

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 f or position). 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see figure 2). 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figur e 3). 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4). Use of Glass Master System is recommended !

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA

Tool


TOYOTA CELICA


View from Inside the car

Close up of Wedge Set-up

Hook and pull lock button

TOYOTA017TOYOTA • 1010 • Style05 • 1 •glassman


TOYOTA

Page 681

Toyota Corolla 2 & 3 Door 1983 1988 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge. 2. Lower tool into door on top of lock linkage 3. Bind the linkage with the tip of the tool and move it forward

Tool 23

TOYOTA


TOYOTA COROLLA


TOYOTA018TOYOTA • 1014 • Style03 • 1 •H2393F



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Corolla 2 Door 1989 1992 Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping. 3. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 4. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 5. Hook linkage under plastic shield. 6. Move linkage towards rear of car. Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage, the button will move.

TOYOTA

Tool 90

TOYOTA COROLA


Close up of tool in action Toyota018TOYOTA • 1015 • Style04 • 2 •H9001



TOYOTA

Page 683

Toyota Corolla FX 2 Door Hatch 1987 1988 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with wedge. 2. Point the tool towards rear of car. 3. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping. 4. Lower the tool until it contact door lock rod (SEE ILLUSTRATION). 5. Twist tool so handle moves toward front of car and tip of tool moves toward rear. NOTE: Rod has a rubber cover so grip it firmly in order to move the linkage.

TOYOTA

Tool 23



TOYOTA

Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1980 1985

TOYOTA

Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping. 3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool

Tool 26

TOYOTA019TOYOTA • 1016 • Style00 • 1 •V2601

Method - M1


Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1986 1992 Toyota Canry 1984 1987

Page 685

TOYOTA Toyota Corolla Wagon 1986 1992 Toyota Cressida 1986 1988

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear passenger door with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car unit the tip connects with the top lock linkage (see diagram for position). 4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage. 5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle. NOTE: Look at the lock button inside of the vehicle for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the button move.

Toyota Corolla DX

Working position Rear Door



TOYOTA

Tool 23


TOYOTA

Page 686

Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1993 1997

Toyota Corolla Wagon 1993 1997

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool into car until it comes in contact with the lower lock linkage (see diagram for position). 4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage. 5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.

TOYOTA

Tool 23

TOYOTA COROLLA

Tool in insertion position. Use REAR DOOR

Tool approx. 6 inches down into door


Close up of tool inside the door. Move linkage to Rear of car



Toyota Corolla 1998 2002 Toyota 4-Runner 1986 1989 Toyota 4-Runner 1990 1995 Toyota 4-Runner 1996 2002

Page 687

TOYOTA Toyota Pickup 1988 1994 Toyota Tacoma 1996 2004 Toyota Van Upto 1991

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81

TOYOTA

TOYOTA Corolla

Tool in Insertion Position. REAR Door

Hook Lock Button and Pull up TOYOTA024TOYOTA • 1198 • Style04 • 1 •toy81RD



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Corolla 2003 2008 TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button. NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 65


2003 Toyota Corolla

Tool in Insertion position

View From Inside TOYOTA025TOYOTA • 683 • Style04 • 1 •R6504



TOYOTA

Page 689

Toyota Cressida Upto 1985 Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on passenger rear door with a wedge. 2. Using the door lock button as a guide, insert the double tool into the door (see diagram below). 3. Position the tool underneath the lock button. 4. Lift straight up on the tool to lift the door lock button.

Tool 26 TOYOTA

TOYOTA CRESSIDA

Tool in insetion position

TOYOTA026TOYOTA • 1020 • Style03 • 1 •H2604RD



TOYOTA

Method - M1

Toyota Cressida 1989 1992

TOYOTA

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert the tool in the REAR door as shown. 3. Push down on the door lock linkage with the tip of the tool NOTE:The linkage is high and way at the rear of the door. Watch the door lock button for movement

Tool 23



Page 691

TOYOTA

Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006 TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23 1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge on REAR DOOR. 2. Point tool towards rear of vehicle and lower into door. 3. Twist tool to hook lower linkage. 4. Turn tool handle to move linkage to front of vehicle.

Tool 23

TOYOTA

TOYOTA ECHO



View from inside of the door


Close Up

TOYOTA029-M1TOYOTA • 1033 • Style06 • 1 •H2358RD


Method - M2

TOYOTA

Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006 Tool: S’ TOOL 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool. 2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield. 4. Lift to unlock.

TOYOTA

Tool 47

TOYOTA ECHO



Close up of door without inside door panel

Close up of tool and linkage engaged

Close up of tool

TOYOTA029-M2TOYOTA • 1147 • Style06 • 1 •H4705


Page 693

TOYOTA

Toyota Echo 2 Door 2000 2006 Tool: S’ TOOL 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool. 2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield. 4. Lift to unlock.

Tool 47

TOYOTA

TOYOTA ECHO






TOYOTA

Page 694

Toyota Highlander 2002 2007

Toyota Highlander Hybrid 2006 2007

Tool 89 1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping 2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door Remove the Wedgee and strip saver 3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door 4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button 5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

TOYOTA


TOYOTA HIGHLANDER

Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear Door. Insert in far Rear of Door.


Tool in Working Position. Slide Tool Forward in Door.

Move Lock Button to Unlock

TOYOTA031TOYOTA • 1179 • Style05 • 1 •R8901fd


Page 695

TOYOTA

Toyota Land Cruiser 1980 1989 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1.Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4.Hook top linkage and twist as shown in enlargement. 5.Push tool towards rear of vehicle. NOTE: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage the button will move.

Tool 23

TOYOTA LANDCRUISER






TOYOTA



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Land Cruiser 1990 1997 TOOL: Downward Hook Too l - 91 1.Remove weather-stripping on rear door to allow access to the inner door. 2.Use tip of wedge to help pry up weather-stripping. (Weather-stripping is easily removable and should present no problem). 3.Insert tool into door and lower it below lock linkage shield. NOTE: 1990 models lock linkage and are easier to open. 4.Lift tool under metal shield. The shield is flexible and can be easily lifted with tip of tool. 5.Insert tool over linkage. 6.Bind linkage with tip of tool and move to rear. NOTE: Handle end of tool may be different than shown in photos.

TOYOTA

Tool 91


Toyota Landcruiser 1993

Remove weather-strip with wedge




Photo without shield

TOYOTA033TOYOTA • 1071 • Style06 • 1 •h9110brd


TOYOTA

Page 697

Toyota Land Cruiser 1998 2007 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 65

Alternative method use Alternate Altohj TOYOTA034TOYOTA • 1131 • Style00 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Matrix 2003 2008 TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button. NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 65

Toyota matrix


View from inside TOYOTA035-M1TOYOTA • 1253 • Style04 • 1 •R6504



Page 699

TOYOTA

Toyota Matrix 2003 2008 Tool: S’ Tool 47 1 Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light. 2. Insert S’ tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photograph. 3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod. 4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.

Tool 47

light

TOYOTA

Toyota Matrix

Remove Rear License Light with Screwdriver.


Insert Tool Beneath Light.

Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.

TOYOTA035-M2TOYOTA • 1508 • Style05 • 1 •H4721RD


TOYOTA

Page 700

Toyota MR5 Spyder Convertible 2000 2005 Toyota MR2 1984 1990

Toyota MR2 1991 1995

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 for position). 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see figure 2). 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3). 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4). Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended. .

TOYOTA

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA MR5 Spyder

Insert Glass Wedge in Side of Window

Insert First Wedge Spreader

Insert Second Wedge Spreader

Insert Tool in Wedge

Hook Lock Button and Pull Tool Back to Unlock



Page 701

TOYOTA

Toyota Paseo 1992 1998 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car. 3. Insert tool into door (see illustration). 4. Bind linkage with hooked end of tool 5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle. Note : Watch door lock b utton. When you have hooked the correct rod , you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Directi on

Lock Linkage

TOYOTA

ENLARG EM ENT

TOYOTA PASEO




Close Up of tool in action



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Previa 1991 1997 Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90 1.Separate glass form weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches from rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard piece of paper). 3.Lower the tool below the hole in the door frame as shown in the illustration. 4.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front of the bell crank). 5.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram). NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.

TOYOTA

Tool 90

Toyota Previa

Measure 11-12” for insertion position

A- Tool B- Lock Linkage C- Bell Crank TOYOTA041-M1TOYOTA • 841 • Style04 • 1 •H9003



TOYOTA

Page 703

Toyota Previa 1991 1997 Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping. 3. Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 4. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 5. Hook linkage under plastic shield. 6. Move linkage towards rear of car. Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage, the button will move.

TOYOTA

Tool 90

TOYOTA041-M2TOYOTA • 892 • Style00 • 1 •H9001


TOYOTA

Page 704

Toyota Prius 2001 2003

TOYOTA

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert tool in door . 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button. NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

TOYOTA PRIUS

Hook Lock Button to Unlock TOYOTA042TOYOTA • 1175 • Style02 • 1 •R3501


Page 705

TOYOTA

Toyota Prius 2004 2009 Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

TOYOTA

Toyota Prius



View from inside the door. TOYOTA042b-M1TOYOTA • 1398 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Prius 2010 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

TOYOTA

Tool 78sg

Toyota Prius

Carefully use the air Jack

Close up TOYOTA042c-M1TOYOTA • 1749 • Style04 • 1 •Altohj

Unlock the vehicle using the tip of the tool


Page 707

TOYOTA

Toyota RAV-4 2001 2006 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button . Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door handle immediately after unlocking the door. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

TOYOTA

TOYOTA RAV-4



Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle

Move Lock Button to Open Door

TOYOTA046-M1TOYOTA • 1177 • Style05 • 2 •R6501


TOYOTA

Page 708

Toyota RAV-4 2007 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

TOYOTA

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA RAV 4

Insert Jack Tool

Hook Handle


Hook Handle

TOYOTA046-M2TOYOTA • 621 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Page 709

TOYOTA

Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000 Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90 USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches fro rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard piece of paper). 3.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front of the bell crank). 4.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram). NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 90

TOYOTA

Toyota RAV 4 Door


Grab bell crank and move towards rear of vehicle.


Move bell crank towards rear of vehicle.

TOYOTA046b-M1TOYOTA • 1073 • Style05 • 1 •H9004B


TOYOTA

Page 710

Toyota RAV-4 2 Door 1996 2000 Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door. 2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car. 3.Lower the tool into car below linkage. 4.Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle. 5.Lift up on tool and hook linkage. 6.Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage. 7.Rock tool so that the linkage move towards the front of the vehicle. Instructions are for rear passenger side door.

TOYOTA

Tool 42

Toyota RAV 2 Door


Twist tool to move linkage towards front of vehicle.


Twist tool to move linkage towards front of vehicle.

TOYOTA046b-M2TOYOTA • 1072 • Style05 • 1 •H4208


Page 711

TOYOTA

Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000 Tool: Reversed Hook Tool - 42 1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front passenger door with a wedge. 2.Insert the tool in the door with the tip approx. 11 from the front edge of the window as shown in the insertion diagram below. 3.Lower the tool into the door and rotate the tool until the tip is pointing towards the inside of the vehicle, th ough the hole on the inner door frame (see the illustration below). 4.Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool, bind the linkage and tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle. NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR

Tool 42

TOYOTA

Toyota RAV 4 Door


Hook linkage and move towards front of vehicle


Hook linkage and move towards front of vehicle

TOYOTA046b-M3TOYOTA • 941 • Style05 • 1 •H4219


Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Sequoia 2001 2007 Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button . Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door handle immediately after unlocking the door. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 65


TOYOTA SEQUOIA

Tool in Insertion Position. Use REAR Door.

Move Lock Button to Open TOYOTA047TOYOTA • 1178 • Style04 • 1 •R6502RD

Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle


Toyota Sienna 2010 2011

Page 713

TOYOTA Toyota Sienna 1998 2003

Tool: Inside Access Tool -89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 89

Toyota Sienna





Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Sienna 2004 2009 Tool: Inside Access Tool - 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 89


Toyota Sienna


View from inside the door TOYOTA049bTOYOTA • 1399 • Style04 • 1 •R3502



TOYOTA

Page 715

Toyota Siena 2012 2013 Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

TOYOTA

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA049cTOYOTA • 1901 • Style00 • 1 •startmulti


Toyota Solara 2 Door 1999 2003

Method - M1

TOYOTA Toyota Solara 2004 2007

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door. Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.

TOYOTA

Tool 78SG

Toyota Solara


Hook door lock button TOYOTA050TOYOTA • 1032 • Style04 • 1 •glassbut



TOYOTA

Page 717

Toyota Supra 1982 1986 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Insert tool towards door lock button at the position shown in the diagram below. 3. Lower the tool into the door. 4. Hook bell crank below door lock button. 5. Pull back on tool to unlock the door. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.

TOYOTA

Tool 23

TOYOTA052TOYOTA • 1026 • Style00 • 1 •H2317B


Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Supra 1987 1992 Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool toward front of car. 3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below. 4. Rest the tip of the tool on the top linkage. 5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram). NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

TOYOTA

Rotate Tool To Bind Linkage

Lock Linkage

Tool 23

Direction

ENLARGEMENT

Toyota Supra





Page 719

TOYOTA

Toyota Supra 1993 1998 Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door. Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.

Tool 78SG

Tool

TOYOTA


Toyota Supra

Insert tip of tool only, without a wedge

Hook door lock button with tip of tool TOYOTA054TOYOTA • 1028 • Style04 • 1 •glassman

Use wedge as guide to slide tool into door


TOYOTA

Page 720

Toyota T-100 1993 1998 Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge. 2.Insert tool into door as shown below. 3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION). 4.Push bell crank towards the front of vehicle with the tip of tool. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

TOYOTA

Tool 91

TOYOTA Pick Up T100







Page 721

TOYOTA

Toyota Tacoma 2005 2007 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

TOYOTA

Toyota Takoma


View From Inside the Vehicle


Move Lock Button to Unlock the Door



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Tercel 2 Door 1991 1994

TOYOTA

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. 2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car. 3. Insert tool into door (see illustration). 4. Hook lock linkage with tip of tool (see enlargement diagram). 5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle. Note : Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod , you will see the door lock button move.

Direcon ti

Lock Linkage

ENLARG EM ENT Tool 23



Page 723

TOYOTA



Tool: S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge. 2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door. NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR

TOYOTA TERCEL


TOYOTA061TOYOTA • 1197 • Style03 • 1 •V4711


TOYOTA

Tool 47


Toyota Tundra 1999 2006

Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Tundra Stepside 2003 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3). 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4). 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5). Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 35

TOYOTA TUNDRA


View from inside the vehicle TOYOTA062TOYOTA • 1540 • Style04 • 1 •R3502



Page 725

TOYOTA

Toyota FJ Cruiser SUV 2007 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA

Toyota FJ Cruiser

Insert Jack Tool


Insert long reach tool into the door

Push lock button with tool tip to unlock door

Pull door handle with tool tip

TOYOTA065TOYOTA • 620 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Tundra pickup 2007 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG 1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extended Cab

TOYOTA

Tool 78sg

TOYOTA TUNDRA

Insert Jack Tool

Push door lock button




Page 727

TOYOTA

Toyota Yaris 2 door 2007 2012 TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG 1.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 2.insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. NOTE: ONLY USE AIR WEDGE, do not use jack tool for this opening

Tool 78sg

TOYOTA

Toyota Yaris

Insert air wedge into door

Insert tool into opening

Manuever tool to hook door lock handle


Hook door lock handle to unlock door



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Yaris 4 door 2007 2012

Toyota Yaris 5 DR Hatch 2008 2011

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 89

Yaris 4 Door


Tool Inside vehicle TOYOTA069TOYOTA • 776 • Style04 • 1 •R3502

Work Position


TOYOTA

Page 729

Toyota Corolla 2009 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door. Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 89

Toyota Corola

Tool in insertion position TOYOTA070TOYOTA • 607 • Style03 • 1 •R3502



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Highlander 2008 2009 Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. 5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button 7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 89


Toyota Highlander

Insert the tool in the door

Hook the door lock button

put the tip of the tool in front of the button

move the button back

Pull the handle quickly while unlocking as the system will relock itself



Page 731

TOYOTA

Toyota Matrix 2009 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door. Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78sg

Toyota Corola

Carefully jack the door slightly

Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the door TOYOTA072TOYOTA • 1601 • Style04 • 1 •Altohj

Use the Air Jack to create working room

TOYOTA



Method - M1

TOYOTA

Toyota Sequoia 2008 2012 Tool: Long Inside Access 35 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4 Lower (see figure 3). 5 .Slide tool forward in door. 6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 7 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle The vehicle will try and relock itself so it will be necessary to pull on the handle quickly during the unlock procedure Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA

Tool 35


Toyota Highlander


Insert the tool in the rear door

put the tip of the tool in front of the button

move the button back

Pull the handle quickly while unlocking as the system will relock itself

TOYOTA073TOYOTA • 598 • Style06 • 1 •r3511rd


Page 733

TOYOTA

Toyota Land Cruiser 2008 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG 1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate. 3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool . 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock release button. 6. Pull the lock release button to unlock the door. Note the vehicle will attempt to relock itself

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA

TOYOTA Land Cruiser

Insert Jack Tool



Pull on the door lock button

Pull on the door lock button

Toyota074TOYOTA • 604 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1

UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS

UD Nissan All All Tool: 105 1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .

UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Tool 105 Pull Up

UD/Nissan Trucks


Lower tool into door. Hook door lock rod w/ tip of tool and lift tool to unlock door

UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS001UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS • 1503 • Style03 • 1 •V10507HT


VW Beetle Old Style Pre-1998 VW Cabrio 1995 2002 VW Cabriolet VW Eurovan All

Page 735

VW VW Golf 1995 2006 VW GTI 1995 2006 VW GTI Upto 1998 VW Vanogan

Tool: Double - 26 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Lower the tool into the door (see fig). 3. Hook door lock button with tip of tool NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

VW

VOLKSWAGEN CABRIOLET





Close Up of door without inside panel

VW001VOLKSWAGEN • 839 • Style06 • 1 •V2601

Go To Index VW

Page 736

Method - M1

VW Beetle 1998 2010

VW

TOOL: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88 1. Insert a strip saver and wedge 2. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool rearward. 3. Lower the tool into the door and move the tip towards the inside. 4. Hook the linkage with the tip of the tool and lift

Tool 88-20

Use 20o Tip

VOLKSWAGEN BEETLE


VW002VOLKSWAGEN • 1255 • Style03 • 1 •VW010

tool in working position


Page 737

VW

VW Beetle Convertible 2004 2010 VW Eos convertible 2007 2010

VW Golf 2010 2012 VW GTI 2007 2010

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward 2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool 78SG

Tool



PASSENGER DOOR

VW

Volkswagen Beetle Convertible

Insert glassmaster

Hook door lock handle

Insert tool into glassmaster cavity


VW003VOLKSWAGEN • 1423 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Method - M1

VW

VW Beetle 2012 2013

VW

Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward. 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!

Tool


Tool 78SG

VW004VOLKSWAGEN • 1902 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Page 739

VW

VW Rabbit 1989 1999 VW Corrado All VW Fox 1988 1996 VW Golf 1995 2004

VW GTI 1995 2004 VW Jetta 1986 2009 VW Quantum VW Scirocco All

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into the door (see fig.). 4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo. Illustration shows the passenger side door. Instructions are either front door.

VW

Tool 88-20

V8810.eps

VW RABBIT

Tool in insertion position VW009VOLKSWAGEN • 1136 • Style03 • 1 •V8810



VW Passat 1990 2005 VW Passat 2006 2010

Method - M1

VW VW Rabbit 2006 2009

Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle 5.Slide tool forward in door. 6. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

VW

Tool 89

Volkswagen Passat

Working End is Inside Vehicle.

Push Door Lock Button to Unlock VW010VOLKSWAGEN • 1040 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD

View from Inside the Vehicle.


Page 741

VW

VW Phaeton 2005 2006 Tool: Long Inside Access 89 1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1). 2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1). 3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2). 4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle 5.Slide tool forward in door. 6. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4). 8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5). Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

VW

Volkswagen Phaeton





VW012VOLKSWAGEN • 1512 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD


VW Touareg 2004 2010

Method - M1

VW VW Touareg 2011 2012

Tool- 78SG With Jack Tool and Regular Air jack 1. Use the jack tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Jack Tool 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to Pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

VW

Pull Handle

Volkswagen Touareg


Pull Door Lock Handle to Unlock. VW014VOLKSWAGEN • 1394 • Style04 • 1 •RLJ04

Hook Door Lock Handle.


Page 743

VW

VW CC 2 Door 2009 2012 TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman Tool: Glassman Tool 1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window. 2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage. 3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening. 4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button. 5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool



PASSENGER DOOR

VW

VW CC

Insert Glassman


Position Glassman so Long Reach Tool can be inserted


VW015VOLKSWAGEN • 1631 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Method - M1

VW

VW Routan Van 2009 2012 Tool: 125 Tool 1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping. 2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool 3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle. 4. Hook and bind the door lock rod. 5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

VW

Tool 125

VW Routanj


Tool in Working Position VW016VOLKSWAGEN • 1653 • Style04 • 1 •V12501

Twist tool to insert


Page 745

VW

VW Tiguan 4 door 2009 2012 TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG 1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle. 2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate. 3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool. 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button. 6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78sg Button

VW

VW Tiguan


Insert Air Wedge at top of door to create opening

Inflate Air Wedge



VW017VOLKSWAGEN • 1619 • Style06 • 1 •Jack_But


Method - M1

VW

VW EOS 2011 2013 Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG 1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward. 2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle. 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button. 4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle. Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!


Tool

VW


Volcagon EOS

Insert Access Glassman tool

Insert your long reach tool into the Glassman tool and into the vehicle

theGassman glass will prevent the tool from touching glass

Reach intot he vehicle to pull the handle

pull the door handle to unlock the door

VW018VOLKSWAGEN • 1905 • Style06 • 1 •glasshdl


Volvo 240 1985 1996

VOLVO

Page 747

Volvo 240DL 1985 1996

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23 1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door. 2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. 3. Lower the tool on top of linkage. 4. Bind linkage with tip of tool and push. 5. Rock tool so that you’ re now looking towards rear of car. Note : Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will see the lock button move.

VOLVO

Tool 23

VOLVO001VOLVO • 1036 • Style00 • 1 •H2327BRD


Method - M1

VOLVO

Volvo C70 1998 2005

Volvo C70 2006 2012

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG with Glassman Wedge 1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar 2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap 3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle. 4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle. 5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.


Tool

VOLVO


VOLVO C70

Insert wedge in window

Wedges in window

Insert tool between wedges



VOLVO006VOLVO • 1543 • Style06 • 1 •glasshdl


Volvo S40 2000 2004

Page 749

VOLVO Volvo V40 2000 2004

Tool: Tool - 47 1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge. 2. Lower tool into door. 3. Twist tool to hook door lock rod. 4. Lift tool to unlock the door.

VOLVO S40


VOLVO008VOLVO • 1143 • Style03 • 1 •H4707


VOLVO

Tool 47


Volvo V50 2005 2010 Volvo 900 Series 1983 1995 Volvo 960 1996 1997 Volvo S40 2005 2010

Method - M1

VOLVO Volvo S80 2007 2010 Volvo S90 1998 2000 Volvo V90 1998 2000

VOLVO

Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack 1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar 2. Insert the Air Jack and Inflate. 3. Remove the Starter air Jack 4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening. 5. Maneuver the tool to pull the door Handle to unlock the door 6 Remove the long reach tool then deflate the Air Jack 7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

VOLVO009VOLVO • 329 • Style00 • 1 •starthand


Volvo S60 2001 2004 Volvo S60R 2002 2004 Volvo V70 2001 2010

Page 751

VOLVO

Volvo X70 XC Cross Country 2002 2004 Volvo X70R 2003 2004

TOOL: STRIP TOOL 1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame. 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM). 3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool. 4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door. NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 57

VOLVO

Insert 2 Strip Savers into Top of Door

Insert Tool BETWEEN 2 Strip Savers

Hook Lock Button and Lift Tool to Unlock VOLVO010VOLVO • 1286 • Style04 • 1 •V5701

Slide Tool Down Door to Access Lock Button


Method - M1

VOLVO

Volvo S60 2005 2010 TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47 1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door. 2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame. 3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod. 4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

VOLVO

Tool 47

Volvo S60

Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear Passenger Door.

Insert Tool as Shown.


Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.

Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod.

VOLVO011VOLVO • 1453 • Style06 • 1 •V4707


Page 753

VOLVO

Volvo S60 2011 2013

Volvo S80 2011 2013


Tool 78SG

VOLVO

Volvo S60

Use the starter wedge to begin the opening

Insert a long reach tool



VOLVO011BVOLVO • 1209 • Style05 • 1 •starthand


Method - M1

VOLVO

Volvo S80 1999 2006 Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22 1. Separate glass from weather-strip. 2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car. 3. Lower the tool into the door (see fig.). 4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism. NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move. Illustration shows the passenger side door. Instructions are for either front door.

VOLVO

Tool 22


Volvo S80





Volvo S70 1998 2004 Volvo 800 Series 1995 1997

Page 755

VOLVO Volvo S70 R 2003 2004

Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2. Lower the tool into the door. 3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

VOLVO

VOLVO S70






Method - M1

VOLVO

Volvo V70 1998 2000 Tool: Double Tool - 26 1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button. 2 Lower the tool into the door. 3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button. 4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

VOLVO

Tool 26

VOLVO V70



VOLVO015bVOLVO • 77 • Style04 • 1 •V2601



Page 757

VOLVO

Volvo cX90 2003 2010

Volvo CX70 2005 2010

TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88 1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame. 2.Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle. 3.Tilt tool so that it is parallel to the door window frame. 4.Lower tool into the door. 5.Hook lock linkage under latch. 6.Pull up to unlock the door NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 88-20 Use 20o Tip

Volvo XC90


Insert tool in corner of door

Lower tool into door


Move tool parrallel to window frame

VOLVO



VOLVO

Volvo ALL 1980 1984

VOLVO


Tool 47


Method - M1


Page 759

VOLVO

Volvo V70 2008 2010 Volvo XC60 2009 2012

Volvo XC70 5 Door 2008 2012

Tool: 78SG Flexible Long Reach Tool 1. Insert the Jack tool on the top portion of the door frame. 2. Inflate the Air Jack to create a cavity in the door. 3.Insert tool into cavity in the door, in the upper corner of the door frame. 4.Maneuver tool so that working end contact the door handle inside of the vehicle. 5.Hook the door handle and twist tool to open door.

Tool 78SG

VOLVO

Volvo XC70

Use the jack tool to create working room


Insert the air wedge

Pull the door handle twice to unlock

VOLVO020VOLVO • 23 • Style05 • 1 •JackTool


VOLVO

Page 760

Volvo CX60 2011 2013 Volvo CX70 2011 2013

Volvo CX90 2011 2013


VOLVO

Tool 78SG

Volvo S60

Use the starter wedge to begin the opening

Insert a long reach tool





Volvo C30 2011 2013

VOLVO

Page 761

Volvo C70 2011 2013


VOLVO

Tool 78SG



VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 762

Volvo HT Cab Over All Tool: 101 1.insert the tool at the rear of the front door. 2.Lower the tool into the door at a slight angle. 3.the tool should land on top of the lock linkage that comes from the door lock button to the latch mechanism. 4.Push down and back on the linkage to unlock the truck.

Wedge

Tool 101 Wedge Direction

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

Volvo Day Cab Over

Create working room w/ Strip Saver & Wedge. Insert tool in position shown

Gently push down on linkage that connects to door lock button

Tool is lowered in at rear of door. Tool goes in less than half the lenth of door

Note position of door lock button. Linkace and button are parrallel

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS001VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1584 • Style05 • 1 •V10103HT


Page 763

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Volvo HT New Style All Tool: 101 1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck. 4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.

Tool 101

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Volvo New Style


Position & lower tool at rear of passenger door Rock tool

Tool lays on top of linkage at position shown

Rock top of tool towards rear which moves linkage towards front of truck

door lock button is a lever on top of door



VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Page 764

Volvo HT White GMC All Tool: 105 1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping. 2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. 3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage. 4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Linkage

Tool 105

Direction

Direction

Tool

Volvo White GMC ( includes all early Volvo trucks manufactured under White & GMC brand names)


Lower tool into door less slightly less than half way into door. Hook lock rod where it connects to latch



Page 765

WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS

Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty All

Western Star New Style Heavy Duty

Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool 1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool. 2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle. 3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 102

Direction


Linkage

Direction

Tool

Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty

Western Star New Style Heavy Duty

Lower tool at rear of passenger door

Note position of tool. Tip must go under door lock rod where it connects to door lock latch

Lift tool up under door lock linkage to unlock door

View of door lock button from inside door

WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS001WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS • 1504 • Style06 • 1 •V10203HT



Page 766

Western Star Slant Nose All



Wedge


Pull Up

Western Star Slant Nose

Create working room w/ Wedge & Weather Strip

Hook door lock rod w/ tip of tool. Lift tool to unlock door

WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS002WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS • 1505 • Style03 • 1 •V4717HT

Index From _Alternate TO Acura Index From Make To Make

Model

_Alternate

Method Alt 103-04 Using the Method Alt 22 Using the Method Alt 23 Using the Method Alt 26 Using the Method Alt 35 Using the Method Alt 47 Using the Method Alt 74 Using the Method Alt GM Using the Method Alt GMV Using the Method Alt OHJ Using the Method Alt81 Using the Method Alt87 Using the Method Alt89 Using the Method AltSJ1 Using the Method AltSJ2 Using the Method Using the MethodALT125 Using the

Model CL CL Integra Integra Integra Integra Integra Legend Legend MDX MDX MDX NSX NSX RDX RL RL RL RSX

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Acura

Body Style 2 Door 2 Door 4 door 2 door 4 Door 4 Door 4 Door 2 Door

4 door 4 Door 3 Door

Body Style 103 & 104 Tool 22 Tool 23 Tool 26 Tool 35 Tool 47 Tool 74 Tool Glassman Tool Glassman Tool Vertical Buttons One Hand Jack Tool & 78 Tool 81 Tool 87 Tool 89 Tool Slim Jim Slim Jim Starter Air Jack & 78 Tool 125 Tool Begin Year 1997 2001 1986 1986 1994 1994 1994 1986 1986 2001 2001 2007 1991 1991 2007 1997 1999 2005 2002

End Year 1999 2003 1993 1993 2001 2001 2001 1995 1995 2006 2006 2012 2005 2005 2012 1998 2004 2012 2006

Page # 4 5 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 13 19 Page # 20 21 22 23 24 30 29 31 23 25 26 32 30 29 32 27 31 32 28

Index

Method Alt 103-04 Alt22 Alt 23 Alt26 Alt35 Alt47 Alt74 AltGM AltGMV AltOHJ Alt81 Alt57 Alt89 AltSJ1 Altsj2 Startmulti ALT125

Page 767

Page 768

Index From Acura

Model

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1

SLX TL TL TL TL TL TL TSX TSX TSX Vigor ZDX

M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Model

Index

To Audi

Acura

Body Style

4 Door 4 Door

Sports Wagon

1 Series 100 200 4000 5000 80 90 A3 A3 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 Avant A4 Avant A4 Cabriolet A5 A6

End Year 1999 1998 1998 2003 2008 2011 2013 2008 2013 2013 1994 2013

Page # 23 29 30 31 28 33 33 28 33 33 23 34

Begin Year All

Page # 35

Begin Year 2010 All

End Year 2012

1984 1984 All All 2006 2006

1989 1989

Page # 51 38 38 36 36 38 38 43 42 36 37 38 39 36 37 38 39 40 50 42

Alfa Romeo

Method M1

All

Model

Begin Year 1996 1996 1996 1999 2004 2009 2012 2004 2009 2011 1992 2010

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Audi

Body Style Coupe

4 door 4 door Wagon Wagon Sedan Sedan

Wagon 2 Door Coupe Sedan

1999 2002 Upto 1998 Upto 1998 1999 2004 2003 2008 1998

2012 2012

2001 2008

2001 2012 2009 2012 2011

Index From Audi

TO Autocar Index From Make To Make

Model

A6 A6 A6 A6 A7 A8 A8 A8 A8 A8 A8L AllRoad Allroad Avant Avant Q5 Q5 Q7 Q7 R8 RS-4 RS6 RS6 S4 S4 S4 Avant S4 Cabriolet S5 S6 S6 S8 TT TT

Model All

Body Style Sedan Sedan

4 door Wagon Sedan Sedan Sedan Sedan Wagon Wagon

Begin Year 1998 2011 Upto 1998 Upto 1998 2011 1998 1998 1998 2001 2012 2001

End Year 2011 2013

1998

2005

1998 2009 2009 2007 2007 2008 2006 2004 2004 2000 2006 2001 2006 2008 2003 2003 2001 2000 2000

2005 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2009 2009 2009 2002 2012 2002 2001 2012 2009 2009 2003 2006 2012

SUV SUV SUV SUV Coupe

Wagon Coupe

Sedan Roadster 2 DOOR

Autocar

Method M1

2012 2003

2003 2013 2006

Begin Year All

Page # 43 41 36 37 46 44 44 37 44 45 44 48 47 48 47 47 48 47 48 50 39 42 43 38 39 38 40 50 42 43 44 49 49 Page # 52

Index

Method M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1

Audi

Page 769

Page 770

Index From BMW

Index

Model

3 Series 3 Series 3 Series 3 Series 325ci 325i 330i 5 Series 5 Series 5 series 550i 6 Series 6 Series 645 650I 7 Series 7 Series 745 760 8 Series M Coupe M Coupe M Roadster M Roadster M3 M3 X3 X5 Z3 Z4 Z8

Model Century Century Century Electra Electra

To Buick

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

BMW

Body Style Convertible Framed Window Coupe

Wagon

4 door

Coupe

Buick

Body Style 4 door 2 & 4 Door 4 Door 4 door 2 Door

Begin Year 1997 2000 2007 2008 2006 2006 2006 2001 2005 upto 2000 2005 2004 upto 2003 2005 2006 1989 2002 2005 2006 Upto 1998 1998 2007 1998 2007 2000 Upto 1999 2004 2002 1997 2003 All

End Year 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012

Begin Year 1980 1984 1997 1980 1980

End Year 1982 1996 2005 1984 1984

2012 2012 2012 2012 2001 2009 2008 2008 2002 2010 2002 2010 2010 2009 2009 2002 2009

Page # 54 53 54 54 54 53 53 53 53 56 53 54 56 54 54 56 53 53 53 55 56 54 56 54 54 56 53 53 57 57 57 Page # 185 186 302 185 250

Index From Buick

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Buick

Body Style 2 & 4 door 4 Door Seda 4 door 2 Door

4 door 4 door 2 & 4 door

2 door 2 door 4 door 4 door 2 & 4 Door Wagon

Front Wheel Drive 2 Door Wagon 4 door 2 & 4 Door

Begin Year 1985 2008 1980 2010 2005 1980 1980 1986 1992 1992 2000 2006 1980 1985 1991 1991 1998 1991 1991 1998 2004 2004 1988 1980 1998 2008 2011 2011 1986 1982 2002 2004 1980 1986 1994 1991 1991 1984

Page 771 End Year 1990 2012 1990 2012 2009 1985 1985 1991 1999 1999 2005 2011 1984 1990 1996 1996 2005 1996 1996 2005 2006 2007 1991 1987 2004 2010 2013 2013 1987 1986 2007 2006 1985 1993 1999 1996 1996 1989

Page # 219 282 206 201 187 206 250 219 289 290 188 315 185 219 289 290 189 289 290 189 266 266 190 191 302 198 197 196 195 185 192 192 250 296 193 194 217 243

Index

Electra Enclave Estate Wagon La cross LaCrosse LeSabre LeSabre LeSabre LeSabre LeSabre LeSabre Lucerne Park Avenue Park Avenue Park Avenue Park Avenue Park Avenue Park Avenue Ultra Park Avenue Ultra Park Avenue Ultra Rainer Ultra Rainier Reatta Regal Regal Regal Regal Regal Regal Somerset Regal Wagon Rendezvous Rendezvous Ultra Riviera Riviera Riviera Roadmaster Estate Roadmaster Sedan Skyhawk

TO Buick Index From Make To Make

Page 772

Index From Buick

Model Skylark Skylark Skylark Skylark Teraza Verano Verano

Index

Model

Allanté Allanté Brougham Brougham Catera Cimarron Coupe Deville Coupe Deville CTS CTS CTS CTS CTS Coupe CTS Sport Wagon CTS V CTS-V CTSV Deville Deville Deville Deville DeVille Deville Deville Deville Deville Deville DeVille Concours Deville Concours

To Cadillac

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Buick

Body Style 4 Door 2 Door 2 Door 4 Door 4 Door

Cadillac

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M2 M1 M1

Body Style

2 Door 4 Door 2 & 4 door

4 door Sedan Wagon 2 door 4 door 4 door 2 door 2 Door 4 Door 2 door 4 door 2 Door 4 Door 2 Door 4 door 2 Door 4 door

Begin Year 1980 1986 1987 1992 2005 2012 2012

End Year 1985 1997 1991 1997 2007 2013 2013

Page # 243 195 195 253 199 242 201

Begin Year 1987 1992 1985 1985 1997 1982 1979 1985 2002 2008 2011 2011 2011 2010 2009 2006 2011 1977 1977 1985 1985 1994 1994 2000 2000 2000 2000 1994 2000

End Year 1991 1993 1992 1992 2001 1987 1984 1993 2007 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2007 2012 1984 1984 1993 1993 1999 1999 2005 2005 2005 2005 1999 2002

Page # 202 203 206 206 204 243 206 218 205 227 227 227 228 227 227 205 228 206 206 218 207 208 208 209 209 210 210 208 209

Index From Cadillac Index From Make To Make TO Cadillac

Model


Body Style

2 door Touring Coupe Sport Coupe

2 Door 4 Door 2 Door 4 Door 4 door 2 Door 4 Door 4 Door 4 door

Begin Year 2000 2006 1971 1979 1986 1992 1992 1992 1998 1998 2002 2002 2007 2002 2002 2002 2002 2007 2003 2003 2007 1977 1977 1985 1985 1993 1994 1977 1977 1985 1993 1982 1993 1977 1985 1980 1986 1992

End Year 2002 2013 1978 1984 1991 2002 2002 2002 2000 2000 2006 2006 2013 2006 2006 2006 2006 2013 2006 2006 2012 1984 1984 1992 1992 1996 1999 1992 1984 1992 1996 1992 1996 1984 1993 1985 1991 1997

Page # 210 211 212 250 189 208 208 208 213 214 259 260 215 259 259 260 260 215 259 260 215 216 216 219 219 217 208 206 206 216 217 216 217 206 218 220 189 220

Index

Deville Concours DTS El Dorado El Dorado El Dorado El Dorado El Dorado El Dorado Escalade Escalade Escalade Escalade Escalade Escalade EXT Escalade EXT Escalade EXT Escalade EXT Escalade EXT ESV ESV ESV Fleetwood Fleetwood Fleetwood Fleetwood Fleetwood Fleetwood Fleetwood Brougham Fleetwood Brougham Fleetwood Brougham Fleetwood Brougham Limousine Limousine Sedan Deville Sedan Deville Seville Seville Seville

Cadillac

Page 773

Page 774

Index From Cadillac

Index

Model

Seville Seville STS Seville STS Seville STS Sixty Special Sixty Special SRX SRX STS STS STS-V STS-V Touring Sedan XLR XLR-V XTS

Model

Astro Van Astro Van Avalanche Avalanche Aveo Aveo 5 Beretta Berlineta Blazer Blazer Blazer Blazer Blazer Blazer Blazer Blazer Xtreme Camaro Camaro Camaro Camaro

To Chevrolet

Cadillac

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

2&4

4 Door

Chevrolet

Method M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2

Body Style

4 Door 5 Door 2 door Full Size Full Size S10 K Series Full Size S10 S10 Pickup

Begin Year 1998 1986 1992 1998 1980 1985 2004 2010 2005 2005 2006 2006 All 2004 2006 2012

End Year 2004 1991 1997 2002 1993 1988 2009 2013 2013 2012 2012 2012 2009 2009 2013

Page # 221 189 220 221 207 219 222 223 224 225 224 225 207 226 226 229

Begin Year 1985 1985 2002 2007 2004 2009 1988 1982 1980 1980 1985 1992 1992 1995 1995 2002 1982 1993 2010 2010

End Year 2005 2005 2006 2012 2011 2011 1996 1992 1991 1991 1994 1994 1994 2005 2005 2004 1992 2002 2013 2013

Page # 230 231 261 215 232 232 234 239 280 281 219 235 235 237 238 237 239 239 240 241

Index From ChevroletIndex From Make To Make TO Chevrolet

Model


Body Style Convertible Convertible 2 door 4 door 4 door 4 Door SUV 2 & 4 door 2 & 4 Door 2 & 4 door All Wagon

Begin Year 2011 2011 1980 1980 1991 1991 2012 1982 1995 1982 1982 1984 1980 1980 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2004 2 Door 2005 4 Door 2005 4 Door 2005 2 Door 2005 4 Door 2005 4 Door 2005 Pickup 2004 Pickup 2004 1988 1982 1997 2005 2006 4 door 2011 Wagon 1980 2005 2010 1996 2006 2 door 1980 4 Door 1994

End Year 2013 2013 1990 1990 1996 1996 2013 1994 2005 1994 1990 1991 1987 1985 2006 2006 2005 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2012 2012 1996 1996 2004 2013 2013 2013 1990 2013 2012 2012 2012 1988 1996

Page # 240 241 250 206 194 194 272 243 244 243 244 244 185 243 261 262 253 268 269 270 268 269 270 277 278 234 245 246 226 226 242 206 247 276 267 249 250 194

Index

Camaro Camaro Caprice Caprice & Wagon Caprice Classic Caprice Wagon Captiva Cavalier Cavalier Cavalier Wagon Celebrity Celebrity Wagon Chevette Citation Ck Series Ck Series Classic Cobalt Cobalt Cobalt Cobalt SS Cobalt SS Cobalt SS Colorado Colorado Corsica Corvette Corvette Corvette Corvette Z06 Cruz Custom Cruiser Equinox Equinox Express Van HHR Impala Impala

Chevrolet

Page 775

Page 776

Index From Chevrolet

Index

Model

Impala Impala Impala Impala SS Lumina Lumina Lumina APV Malibu Malibu Malibu Malibu Malibu Classic Malibu Maxx Metro Metro Monte Carlo Monte Carlo Monte Carlo LS Nova Pick Up Pick Up Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Prizm S10 S10 Pickup Silverado Silverado Silverado Silverado Silverado

To Chevrolet

Chevrolet


Body Style 4 Door 4 Door

FWD Wagon 4 door 4 door

2 Door 4 Door 2 door 2 Door 2 Door Light Duty 1500 Light Duty 1500 Full size Full Size S10 / S15 S10 / S15 Light Duty Heavy Duty S10 Heavy Duty Heavy Duty 4 Door Pickup S15 2500/3500 1500 1500 1500 pickup

Begin Year 2000 2000 2006 2006 1988 1995 1990 1982 1982 1997 2004 2004 2004 1998 1998 1980 2000 1995 1985 1999 1999 1980 1980 1985 1985 1989 1989 1994 2001 2001 1993 1994 1985 1989 1989 1999 1999 2007

End Year 2005 2005 2012 2012 1994 2001 1996 1986 1986 2003 2012 2005 2007 2002 2002 1989 2007 1999 1988 2006 2006 1991 1991 1993 1993 1998 2000 2003 2006 2006 2002 2003 1993 2000 1998 2006 2006 2013

Page # 251 252 187 187 234 188 305 185 185 253 315 253 315 254 254 191 293 255 273 261 262 280 281 237 219 257 257 237 261 262 274 237 219 257 257 261 262 215

Index From ChevroletIndex From Make To Make TO Chevrolet

Model


Body Style 4 Door 5 Door Hatch

2 Door 2 Door

2 & 4 door

Full Size Full Size Full Size Sedan

Begin Year 2012 2012 1985 1983 1983 1985 2004 1980 1980 1980 1980 1992 1992 2000 2000 2007 1996 1996 2000 2000 2007 1998 1998 2001 2001 1997 2002 2004 2009 2005 1983 1983 1996 1997 2012 1991 1982 1997

End Year 2013 2013 1989 1995 1995 1988 2006 1991 1991 1991 1991 1999 1999 2006 2006 2012 1998 1998 2006 2006 2012 2000 2000 2006 2006 2004 2009 2006 2012 2009 1995 1995 2012 2004 2013 1994 1996 2003

Page # 233 233 206 280 281 275 256 280 280 281 281 257 258 261 262 215 235 236 261 262 215 235 236 261 262 265 266 266 282 199 280 281 267 199 271 243 245 246

Index

Sonic Sonic Spectrum Sports Van Sports Van Sprint SSR Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Tahoe Tahoe Tahoe Tahoe Tahoe Tahoe Z71 Tahoe Z71 Tahoe Z71 Tahoe Z71 Tracker TrailBlazer TrailBlazer EXT Traverse Uplander Van Van Van Venture Volt Z24 ZR1 ZR1

Chevrolet

Page 777

Page 778

Index From Chevrolet HT

Index

Chevrolet HT

Model 4500 5500 C Series C Series C Series

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

T Series T Series Van Cab W Series W Series W Series

M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2

Model

200 200 200 300C 300C SRT 300M Aspen Cirrus Concorde Concorde Conquest Crossfire Crossfire Crossfire Crossfire Fifth Avenue Fifth Avenue Fifth Avenue Imperial Imperial Imperial Laser LeBaron LeBaron

To Chrysler

Body Style Horizontal Linkage Horizontal Linkage Horizontal Linkage Horizontal Linkage Vertical Buttons and Vent Windows Medium Duty Medium Duty Light Duty Light Duty Light Duty

Chrysler

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style Convertible

4 door

Coupe SRT 6 Roadster Convertible

2 Door 4 Door

Begin Year 2003 2003 1989 2003 Pre 1989

End Year 2012 2009 2002 2009

Page # 60 60 59 60 58

1996 Pre 1995 All 1996 Pre 1995 Pre 1995

2006

66 65 61 64 62 63

Begin Year 2011 2011 2011 2005 2005 1999 2007 1995 1993 1998 1984 2004 2005 2005 2005 1980 1985 1990 1980 1986 1990 1984 1982 1982

2009

End Year 2013 2013 2013 2013 2013 2004 2009 2000 1997 2004 1989 2008 2006 2008 2008 1985 1989 1993 1985 1989 1993 1989 1989 1989

Page # 68 68 69 67 67 67 67 67 76 67 103 70 70 70 70 74 71 71 74 71 71 73 73 73

Index From Chrysler Index From Make To Make TO Daihatsu

Model

Model

Lanos Lanos Lanos Sport Leganza Nubira Nubira

Model Charade

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Wagon 4 Door Convertible Convertible Coupe 4 Door Convertible Convrtiblr

Wagon

Daewoo


Body Style 2 Door 4 Door Hatch Back 4 DOOR 4 Door Wagon

Daihatsu Method M1

Begin Year 1990 1990 1990 1994 1989 1980 1986 1990 1994 1990 2004 2001 2001 2005 1995 1996 2001 2001 2001 2007 2007 1984 1991 2008 1984 2001

End Year 1995 1995 1995 2001 1991 1985 1989 1993 1995 1993 2008 2002 2011 2008 2000 2000 2006 2006 2006 2012 2012 1990 2007 2012 1988 2003

Page # 75 75 75 76 73 74 71 71 76 71 77 78 79 79 80 81 83 82 83 86 86 73 85 87 73 85

Begin Year 1998 1998

End Year 2002 2002

1998 1998 1998

2002 2002 2002

Page # 113 114 113 115 116 116

Begin Year All

Page # 117

Body Style 3 door/All

Index

LeBaron LeBaron Convertible LeBaron GTC Convertible LHS Maserati TC New Yorker New Yorker New Yorker New Yorker New Yorker Salon Pacifica Prowler PT Cruiser PT Cruiser Sebring Sebring Sebring Sebring Sebring Sebring Sebring Town & Country Town & Country Town & Country Town & Country Wagon Voyager

Chrysler

Page 779

Page 780

Index From Daihatsu

Model

To Dodge

Daihatsu Method M1

Charade

Index

Model

3500 Cab Chassis 4500 /5500 4500 /5500 600 Aries Avenger Avenger Avenger Cab Chassis Caliber Caliber SRT Caravan Caravan Challenger Charger Charger Charger Colt Colt Colt Colt Vista Colt Vista Colt Vista Dakota Dakota Dakota Dakota Daytona Daytona Diplomat Durango Durango Durango Durango Dynasty

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M2 M1 M2 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Dodge

Body Style Truck cab Chasssis cab Chasssis

Truck

2 Door

Horizontal Pop up locks Pop up locks Horizontal Pop up locks Pop up locks

SUV

Body Style 4 door/All Begin Year 2008 2008 2008 1984 1984 1995 2008 2010 2008 2006 2006 1984 1991 2009 1984 2006 2011 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1988 1997 2001 2005 1984 1990 1982 1998 2001 2004 2011 1988

Begin Year All

Page # 117

End Year 2012 2012 2012 1988 1988 2000 2010 2013 2009 2012 2012 1990 2007 2013 1990 2010 2013 1994 1994 1994 1994 1994 1994 1996 2000 2004 2012 1990 1994 1989 2000 2003 2008 2013 1993

Page # 105 105 107 73 73 80 82 84 105 109 109 73 85 88 73 82 84 89 72 72 89 72 72 101 90 91 92 73 75 101 92 91 92 93 101

Index From Dodge

Model


Dodge

Body Style

2 door 4 door 4 door 4door

1500 Truck Van Van Truck Truck 2500 Series 2500 Series 3500 Series 3500 Series 1500 2500, 3500 2500 2500 1500 Truck Truck Truck

Begin Year 1991 2008 1993 1993 1998 2008 1984 2005 1990 1994 1994 2000 2002 2004 2007 1983 2009 1979 1985 1985 1994 1994 2002 2002 2002 2002 2002 2004 2009 2009 2009 2008 2009 2011 2004 2004 1998 1984

Page 781 End Year 2007 2012 1997 2006 2004 2012 1989 2008 1992 1999 1999 2005 2003 2005 2012 1990 2012 1993 1997 1997 2001 2001 2002 2002 2002 2002 2008 2008 2012 2012 2012 2009 2009 2012 2005 2009 2003 1994

Page # 85 87 76 76 76 108 73 67 75 94 95 96 96 96 104 101 110 97 101 72 98 71 98 71 98 71 99 99 110 110 110 105 107 106 99 99 100 101

Index

Grand Caravan Grand Caravan Intrepid Intrepid Intrepid Journey Lancer Magnum Monaco Neon Neon Neon Neon RT Neon SRT-4 Nitro Omni Pickup Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram Ram 4500/5500 Ram 4500/5500 Ram 4500/5500 Ram Power Wagon Ram SRT Ram Van Shadow

TO Dodge Index From Make To Make

Page 782

Index From Dodge

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M2

Shelby Charger Spirit Sprinter Stealth Stratus Stratus Stratus RT Truck Truck Truck Van Van

Index

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Medallion Premier Summit Summit Summit Wagon Talon Talon Vision

To Fiat

Dodge

Body Style

4 Door Coupe Full Size Full Size Full Size Full Size Full Size

Eagle

Body Style

GTS

Model

Method M1 M1

500 500C

Model All X/19

End Year 1990 1995 2009 1999 2006 2006 2006 1993 2001 2001 1997 1997

Page # 73 101 102 103 76 83 83 97 98 71 101 72

Begin Year

End Year

1988 1989 1989 1989 1990 1995 1993

1992 1992 1992 1992 1994 1999 1997

Page # 101 101 101 89 101 112 111 76

4 DOOR 2 Door 4 DOOR

Ferrari

Model

Begin Year 1984 1989 2004 1991 1995 2001 2002 1979 1994 1994 1985 1985

FIAT

Body Style Coup Coupe

Fiat

Method M1 Begin Year 2011 2011 Method M1 M1

Begin Year All

Page # 118

End Year 2013 2013

Page # 121 121

Begin Year All All

Page # 119 120

Index From Ford

Model


Ford

Body Style

Full Size Full Size

Van

4 door

Van

Van

SUV

Begin Year 2006 1987 1994 1994 1979 1979 1983 1983 1992 2012 1995 1995 1981 2001 1981 1985 2001 1985 1985 1998 2008 2007 2011 2001 2005 1983 1983 1996 1998 2000 1983 1983 1997 2007 1991 2002 2002 2006

Page 783 End Year 2007 1997 1997 1997 1998 1996 1996 1996 2005 2013 2000 2000 1991 2003 1991 2007 2005 1991 1991 2005 2012 2010 2013 2013 2013 1995 1995 1998 2003 2005 1990 1990 2006 2012 2001 2005 2005 2010

Page # 127 143 132 131 123 124 123 124 155 154 125 126 150 140 150 127 155 155 155 155 155 128 129 130 130 131 132 156 156 133 131 132 133 133 122 135 136 133

Index

500 Aerostar Aspire Aspire Bronco Bronco Bronco II Bronco II Club Wagon Cmax Contour Contour Country Squire Crew Cab F Series Crown Victoria Crown Victoria E Series Econoline Econoline Econoline Econoline Edge Edge Escape Escape Hybrid Escort Escort Escort Escort ZX2 Excursion EXP EXP Expedition Expedition Explorer Explorer Explorer Explorer

TO Ford Index From Make To Make

Page 784

Index From Ford

Index

Model

Explorer Explorer Sport Explorer Sport-Trac Explorer Sport-Track F Series F Series F-150 F-150 F-150 F-150 F-250/550 Fairmont Fairmont Festiva Festiva Fiesta Fiesta Fiesta Fiesta Flex Focus Focus Focus Focus Focus Freestar Freestyle Fusion Fusion Granada LTD Mustang Mustang Probe Ranger SVT Lightning SVT ZX5 ZT5 SVT Focus

To Ford


Ford


Cab Chasssis

5 door Hatch 4 door 5 door Hatch 4 door 3 door 2 door 5 door Hatch 4 door

2 door New Style ZTW ZX3

Begin Year 2011 2001 2006 2001 1997 2004 1985 1985 1997 2004 2004 1983 1983 1988 1988 2011 2011 2011 2011 2009 2000 2000 2008 2012 2012 2004 2005 2006 2010 All 1982 1983 2005 1993 1989 2004 2000 2004

End Year 2013 2003 2010 2005 2003 2012 1996 1996 2003 2012 2012 1990 1990 1994 1994 2013 2013 2013 2013 2012 2007 2007 2011 2013 2013 2007 2007 2009 2012 1991 2004 2012 1997 2012 2008 2007 2007

Page # 134 133 133 137 140 176 138 139 140 140 140 131 132 131 132 159 158 158 159 160 142 142 156 157 157 143 148 144 163 131 150 145 146 147 133 140 142 142

Index From Ford

Model

Model

All All All Cab Over Cargo 6000 Cargo 7000 Cargo 8000 F350, F450, 550 F350, F450, 550 F350/F450/F550 F650 F650, F750 F650, F750 F800 F850

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M2 M2 M1 M1

Ford

Body Style

Four Door

Van Van Full Size Full Size Full Size Full Size Full Size

Ford HT

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Heavy Duty Cab Over Cab Over Cab Over Medium Duty Medium Duty Medium Duty Heavy Duty Medium Duty Medium Duty Medium Duty Medium Duty

Page 785

Begin Year 2004 1985 1992 1996 2008 2010 2008 1984 1984 1989 2010 2010 1979 1979 1997 1985 1992 1994 2004

End Year 2004 1991 1995 2006 2009 2012 2009 1994 1988 1997 2012 2012 1996 1996 2003 1991 2005 2003 2006

Page # 145 149 150 151 127 162 127 149 149 127 152 153 138 139 140 155 155 143 133

Begin Year 1996 Pre 1996 Pre 1996

End Year 1998 1/2

Page # 171 169 170 174 172 172 172 175 173 176 177 173 175 173 175

All All 1997 Pre-1996 2008 2007 1997 Upto 1996 1997

2007 2012 2012 2012 2012

Index

SVT Mustang Cobra Taurus Taurus Taurus Taurus Taurus TaurusX Tempo Thunderbird Thunderbird Transit Connect Transit Connect Truck Truck Truck Van Van Windstar XLS

TO Ford HT Index From Make To Make

Page 786

Index From Freightliner

Model

Index

All other Freightliners Cab Over Century Classic Classic XL Colombia Series Columbia Class FL Series FL112 FL60, FL70 FL80 FLD Series M2 Sprinter

Model

Metro Prizm Prizm Prizm Prizm Storm Storm 2+2 Coupe Storm Hatchback Tracker

Model

Acadia Blazer Canyon Canyon Envoy Envoy Envoy Envoy XL Envoy XUV Jimmy Jimmy

To GMC

Freightliner

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2

Body Style Heavy Duty Heavy Duty

Begin Year All All All All

End Year

All All All All All All 2004

Geo

Body Style 2 & 4 Door 4 Door 4 Door 4 Door

2 & 4 door

GMC

Body Style SUV Full Size

Full Size Full Size

2012

Page # 178 180 178 178 178 184 179 179 179 179 183 182 181

Begin Year 1985 1989 1993 1993 1998 1990 1990 1990 1985

End Year 1998 1992 1997 1997 1993 1993 1993 1998

Page # 275 273 273 274 274 275 275 275 265

Begin Year 2007 1992 2004 2004 1998 1998 2002 2004 2004 1980 1980

End Year 2012 1994 2012 2012 2001 2001 2009 2008 2008 1991 1991

Page # 282 235 277 278 237 238 266 266 266 280 281

Index From GMC

Model


GMC

Body Style S15 Full Size S15 S15 Full Size Full Size 2500/3500 HD 1500 Series 1500 Series

2500/3500 1500 1500 1500 2500/3500 2500/3500 pickup Heavy Duty Pickup Crew cab

SUV Crossover Rally/Cargo Rally/Cargo Full Size Full Size Full Size

Page 787

Begin Year 1985 1992 1995 1995 1980 1989 1989 1999 1999 1985 1985 1996 1989 1989 1999 1999 2001 2001 2007 2001 2001 1985 1990 1980 1980 1992 1992 2010 1985

End Year 1994 1994 2001 2001 1991 1999 2000 2006 2005 2005 2005 2006 2000 1998 2006 2005 2006 2005 2012 2006 2005 2003 2004 1991 1991 1999 1999 2012 1994

1983 1983 1983 1996 1996 1996 2000 2000

1995 1995 1995 2006 1999 1999 2006 2006

Page # 219 235 237 238 279 258 258 263 264 230 231 267 258 258 263 264 263 264 215 263 264 237 237 280 281 257 258 276 219 281 280 280 281 267 235 236 263 264

Index

Jimmy Jimmy Jimmy Jimmy Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Pickup Safari Safari Savana Sierra Sierra Sierra Sierra Sierra Sierra Sierra Sierra Denali Sierra Denali Sonoma Sonoma Suburban Suburban Suburban Suburban Terrain Typhoon Van Van Van Van Van Yukon Yukon Yukon Yukon

TO GMC Index From Make To Make

Page 788

Index From GMC

Model

Yukon Yukon Denali Yukon Denali Yukon Denali Yukon Denali Yukon Denali Yukon XL Yukon XL Denali Yukon XL Denali Yukon XLT Yukon XLT

Index

Model C Series C Series

C Series Cab Over T Body T Series Van Cab W Series W Series W Series

Model

Conventional Cab

Model

Conventional Cab FA Series FE Series Old Style

To Hino Heavy Trucks

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2

GMC

Body Style

Begin Year 2007 1998 1998 2001 2001 2007 2007 2000 2000 2000 2000

End Year 2012 2000 2000 2006 2006 2012 2012 2006 2006 2006 2006

Page # 215 235 236 263 264 215 215 263 264 263 264

Method Body Style Begin Year M1 Horizontal Linkage 1989 M1 All Heavy and Medium 2003 Duty with Horizontal Linkage M1 Vent Windows Pre 1989 M1 Heavy Duty M1 Medium Duty Pre 1995 M1 Medium Duty 1996 M1 All M1 Light Duty 1995 1/2 M1 Light Duty Pre 1995 M2 Light Duty Pre 1995

End Year 2002 2009

Page # 321 322

GMC HT

Hino 258 Method M1

Begin Year 2003

Hino Heavy Trucks Method M1 M1 M1 M1

Begin Year 2003 All All

2009 2009

320 320 318 319 323 317 316 317

End Year 2012

Page # 324

End Year 2012

Page # 324 325 326 327

Index From Honda

Model


Honda

Body Style Vert. Locks Horiz. locks Vert. Locks 4 Door 2 Door 4 Door 2 Door 2 Door 4 Door 4 Door 2 Door

4 Door 2 Dr Horizontal 2 & 4 Door Vert. Locks 2 & 4 Door Vert. Locks 2 Door 4 Door 2 Door 4 Door 4 Door 2 Door 4 Door 2 Door 2 Door Hybrid 3 door hatch 2 & 4 Door

SUV

Begin Year 1976 1976 1976 1994 1995 1998 1998 2003 2003 2008 2008 2005 2005 1985 1985 1989 1990 1990 1990 1990 1996 1996 2001 2001 2006 2006 2012 2012 2012 2012 2004 2002 2006 2012 2010 1997 2002 2007

Page 789 End Year 1993 1994 1993 1997 1997 2002 2002 2007 2007 2012 2012 2007 2007 1989 1994 1994 1995 1995 1995 1995 2000 2000 2005 2005 2011 2011 2013 2013 2013 2013 2005 2005 2011 2013 2012 2001 2006 2012

Page # 329 328 330 334 331 333 333 333 333 352 350 333 333 328 328 328 329 329 330 330 331 334 335 336 337 337 338 338 338 338 336 333 337 338 351 339 340 347

Index

Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Accord Hybrid Accord Hybrid Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Civic Hybrid Civic SI Civic Si Civic SI Crostour CRV CRV CRV

TO Honda Index From Make To Make

Page 790

Index From Honda

Index

Model

CRX CRZ Del Sol Del Sol Del Sol Element FCX Clarity Fit Fit Insight Oddysey Oddysey Oddysey Oddysey Passport Passport Pilot Pilot Prelude Ridgeline S2000

Model H1 H1 H1 Alpha H2 H2 H3 H3x SUT

Model Accent Accent Accent Accent

To Hyundai

Method M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Honda

Body Style 2 door

van

Hummer

Method M1 M2 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Soft Top

Hyundai

Method M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style 2/4 DOOR Hatchback

Begin Year 1989 2011 1993 1993 1996 2003 2012 2007 2009 2001 1995 1999 1999 2011 1994 1998 2003 2009 1988 2005 2000

End Year 1996 2013 1995 1995 1998 2012 2013 2008 2012 2012 1998 2010 2010 2013 1997 2002 2008 2012 1996 2012 2009

Page # 328 346 329 330 331 341 355 348 349 332 330 342 343 344 342 330 353 354 328 341 345

Begin Year 1997 1997 2006 2003 2008 2005 2008 2005

End Year 2005 2007 2008 2007 2010 2008 2010 2007

Page # 284 285 283 286 288 287 287 286

Begin Year 1995 2000 2001 2006

End Year 1999 2005 2002 2011

Page # 356 357 357 358

Index From Hyundai Index From Make To TO Hyundai HT Make

Hyundai

Model

Accent Azera Azera Elantra Elantra Elantra Elantra Elantra Elantra Elantra GT Entourage Equius Excel Genesis Genesis Santa Fe Sante Fe Scoupe Sonata Sonata Sonata Sonata Sonata Sonata Tiburon Tiburon Tuscon Tuscon Velostar Veracruz XG300 XG350

Model

Bering Medium Duty Light Duty

Body Style

Begin Year 2012 2006 2011 1992 1996 2001 2002 2007 2011 2004 2007 2011 1986 2009 2010 2000 2007 1991 1989 1997 1999 2002 2006 2011 1997 2003 2005 2011 2012 2007 2001 2002

4/WAGON 5 door-Hatch 4 door 4 Door

4 door 2 door

4 door 4 door

4 door

Hyundai HT

Method M1 M1

End Year 2013 2010 2012 1995 2000 2006 2006 2010 2013 2006 2008 2013 1994 2013 2013 2006 2012 1995 1996 1998 2001 2005 2010 2012 2002 2008 2010 2013 2013 2012 2005 2005

Page # 359 360 361 357 362 363 363 363 364 363 377 382 367 381 380 366 378 365 367 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 383 379 376 376

Begin Year All All

Page # 385 384

Index

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Page 791

Page 792

Index From Infiniti

Index

Model

EX EX FX 45 FX35 FX35 FX35 G IPL G20 G20 G25 G25 G35 G35 G35 G35 Sport G37 G37 I30 I30 I35 J30 M30 M35 M37 M37 M45 M45 M56 M56 Q45 Q45 Q45 Q45 Sport QX4 QX4 QX56 QX56

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1

To Infiniti

Infiniti

Body Style 5 door 3 Door

SUV

4 Door 2 Door 4 Door 2 Door 4 Door Coupe 2 door 4 Door 4 Door 4 door

Hybrid

Hybrid

Begin Year 2008 2008 2003 2003 2007 2009 2010 1997 1997 2010 2011 2003 2003 2010 2007 2008 2010 1996 2000 2002 1993 1990 2006 2010 2011 2003 2006 2010 2011 1990 1997 2002 2006 1997 1997 2005 2011

End Year 2012 2012 2012 2012 2008 2011 2012 2002 2002 2012 2013 2008 2012 2012 2008 2009 2012 1999 2001 2004 1998 1993 2010 2012 2013 2004 2010 2012 2013 1996 2001 2008 2007 2003 2003 2010 2014

Page # 401 402 386 386 401 401 391 387 388 391 389 390 389 391 397 389 391 393 392 392 393 395 394 403 403 389 394 403 403 395 396 397 397 398 399 400 401

Index From International TO Isuzu Index From Make To Make

Model

4000 4000 Series 4000 Series 4300 7000 Cab Over Durastar Eagle Eagle Eagle Heavy Duty Models Heavy Duty Models Heavy Duty Models Pay Star

Amigo Ascender Ascender Axiom Hombre i-280 I-290 i-350 I-370 I-Mark Impulse Oasis Pickup Rodeo Rodeo Rodeo Sport Stylus Trooper Trooper VehiCross VX-4

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Heavy Duty Medium Duty Slanted Doors Flat Doors Slanted Doors Slanted Doors Flat Doors Slanted Doors Heavy Duty

Isuzu

Body Style Hard & Soft Top

2 & 4 Door

Begin Year up to 2001 up to 2001 All All All 2008 All All All

End Year

2012

All Begin Year 1994 2003 2007 2002 1996 2006 2006 2006 2007 1985 1990 1996 1990 1991 1998 2001 1990 1984 2001 1999

End Year 2000 2006 2009 2004 2001 2008 2008 2008 2008 1993 1993 2000 1995 1997 2004 2003 1993 2000 2002 2001

Page # 411 404 405 411 411 407 405 409 408 410 409 408 410 406 Page # 416 412 412 413 412 414 414 414 420 416 415 417 416 416 417 416 418 416 416 419 419

Index

Model

International

Page 793

Page 794

Index From Isuzu HT

Model

To Jeep

Isuzu HT Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M2

FTR FTR NPR NPR NPR

Index

Model

Coupe Convertible Majestic S TYPE S Type R Sovereign Vanden Plas Vanden Plas Vanden Plas X Type X-Type Wagon XF XJ XJ12 XJ6 XJ8 XJ8 XJR XJR XJR-S XJS XK XK8 XK8 XKF XKR XKR

Model

Cherokee CJ Series

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M1 M1

Jaguar

Body Style

Coupe Convertible Convertible Coupe

Jeep

Body Style

Begin Year 1996 Pre-1995 1996 Pre-1995 Pre-1995

End Year 2008

Begin Year 1984

End Year 1996

2000 2003 1990 1986 1997 1997 2002 2005 2009 2010 1980 1987 1997 1997 1997 1997 1984 1984 2007 1997 1997 2009 1997 1997

2009 2012 1999 1996 2005 2005 2006 2006 2012 2012 1996 1996 2006 2009 2006 2006 1996 1996 2012 2009 2009 2012 2009 2006

Page # 429 426 431 431 426 426 427 428 431 431 432 432 426 426 427 428 427 428 429 429 430 430 430 432 430 430


End Year 2001 1997

Page # 433 438

2008

Page # 425 424 423 421 422

Index From Jeep

Model

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Amanti Borrego Cinco

Body Style

Begin Year 1998 1986 2005 2007 1993 1999 2005 2011 1993 2002 2008 2007 1980 1986 1998 2006 2005

UV

Kenworth Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

C series Cab Over K300 Cab Over T2000 T300 T300 T400 T400 T600 T600 T800 T800 W Series

Model

Jeep

Method M1 M1 M1

Kia

Body Style

Page 795 End Year 2002 1992 2010 2012 1998 2004 2010 2013 1995 2007 2012 2012 1992 1997 2004 2012 2012

Page # 439 433 436 440 434 435 436 437 434 437 442 440 433 438 439 441 441

Body Style

Begin Year

Heavy Duty Medium Duty

All

All All All All All

Page # 446 443 445 445 444 443 444 443 443 444 444 443 446

End Year 2009 2011 2005

Page # 457 467 452

Slanted Doors Flat Doors Slanted Doors Flat Doors Flat Doors Slanted Doors Slanted Doors Flat Doors

Begin Year 2004 2009 2002

All All All

Index

CJ Series Comanche Commander Compass Grand Cherokee Grand Cherokee Grand Cherokee Grand Cherokee Grand Wagoneer Liberty Liberty Patriot Wagoneer Wrangler Wrangler Wrangler Wrangler Unlimited

TO Kia Index From Make To Make

Page 796

Index From Kia

Index

Model

Forte Forte Forte Forte Forte Coupe Optima Optima Optima Optima Optima Rio Rio Rio Rio Rio 5 Rio Cinco Rondo Sedona Sedona Sephia Sephia Sorento Sorento Soul Spectra Spectra Spectra Spectra 5 Sportage Sportage Sportage

Model

All Models Discovery Evoque Freelander Freelander

To Land Rover

Method M1 M1 M2 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Kia

Body Style 5 door 4 door 5 door 4 door 2 door Sedan Sedan

Hybrid 2 & 4 Door 4 door 5 door

Mini Van

Hatchback

Land Rover


Body Style

4 door 3 Door

Begin Year 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2001 2001 2007 2011 2011 2001 2006 2011 2011 2006 2004 2007 2002 2006 1994 1998 2003 2010 2010 2001 2002 2005 2005 1995 2005 2011

End Year 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2006 2006 2010 2013 2013 2005 2010 2013 2013 2010 2005 2010 2005 2012 1997 2001 2009 2012 2011 2004 2004 2010 2010 2002 2010 2013

Page # 469 469 470 470 468 448 449 450 451 451 452 453 454 455 453 452 465 456 457 452 458 459 460 447 461 461 462 462 463 464 466

Begin Year 1980 1994 2011 2002 2003

End Year 1993 2004 2013 2005 2005

Page # 471 471 476 472 472

Index From Land Rover TO Lexus Index From Make To Make

Model

LR2 LR3 LR4 Range Rover Range Rover Range Rover Sport

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Lexus

Body Style

series SUV

SUV

Begin Year 2006 2005 2006 1994 2001 2006

End Year 2012 2009 2012 2000 2012 2012

Page # 475 473 475 474 475 475

Begin Year 1990 All 1992 2002 2004 2007 2012 1994 1994 2006 2010 2010 2003 2010 2006 2006 2010 2001 2002 2010 1990 2001 1996 1999 2008 1999 2004 2006 1992 1992

End Year 1992

Page # 479 488 477 478 478 488 489 479 479 479 480 491 480 492 483 483 490 488 488 490 485 485 485 481 484 485 486 482 485 485

1996 2003 2006 2012 2013 2008 2000 2010 2012 2012 2010 2012 2010 2010 2012 2005 2005 2012 2000 2006 1998 2007 2012 2003 2007 2008 2000 2000

Index

ES250 ES250 ES300 ES300 ES330 ES350 ES350 GS300 GS400 GS430 GX GX460 GX470 HS250h IS 250 IS 350 IS Convertible IS300 IS300 Sport ISC LS400 LS430 LX 450 LX 470 LX570 RX 300 RX330 RX400h SC300 SC400

Land Rover

Page 797

Page 798

Index From Lexus

Model

Method M1

SC430

Index

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Aviator Blackwood Continental Continental Continental LS Series Mark LT Mark VII Mark VIII MKS MKT MKX MKX MKZ MKZ Navigator Navigator Navigator XL Town Car Town Car Town Car Zephyr

To Mack

Lexus

Body Style

Lincoln

Body Style

Crossover

4 door

Lotus

Model Elan Esprit

Model

All Other Cab Over Freedom Granite MR Series


Begin Year 2002

End Year 2012

Page # 487

Begin Year 2003 2002 1980 1989 1996 2000 2006 1987 1993 2010 2010 2007 2011 2007 2010 1997 2007 2008 1985 1990 1998 2006

End Year 2005 2003 1988 1995 2002 2006 2008 1992 1998 2011 2012 2010 2013 2009 2012 2006 2011 2011 1989 1997 2012

Page # 164 140 168 127 127 166 165 167 165 162 161 128 129 144 163 127 133 133 168 168 127 144

Begin Year All

Page # 493 493

End Year

Page # 494 494 495 496 494

Method M1 M1

Mack

Body Style Cab Over Heavy Duty

Heavy Duty Cab Over

Begin Year All All All All

Index From Mack

TO Mazda Index From Make To Make

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1

MS Series New Style Old Style Vision

Model

Mack

Body Style Medium Duty Cab Paddle Handle Lever Type Handle

Maserati

Biturbo Zagato

Model

Body Style 5 door Hatch 4 door 4 door 5 door Hatch Sedan Hatchback

Method M1 Begin Year 2011 2011 2011 2011 2004 2010 2010 1990 2006 2012 2003 2009 2004 2004 1983 1993 1998 1988 1992 2001 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990

End Year

2012

Page # 497 498 499 500

Begin Year All

Page # 501

End Year 2013 2013 2013 2013 2009 2012 2012 1995 2011 2013 2008 2012 2008 2008 1992 1997 2002 1991 1995 2010 2000 2000 2001 2001 2001 2001 2001 2001

Page # 503 503 504 504 505 506 506 518 507 508 510 521 510 510 518 519 511 518 512 518 518 519 518 519 518 519 518 519

Index

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 323 5 5 6 6 6 Hatch Back 6 Wagon 626 626 626 929 929 B series Pickup B2000 / B2200 B2000 / B2200 B2500 / B2600 B2500 / B2600 B3000 B3000 B4000 B4000

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Mazda

Begin Year All Pre-1995 All 1999

Page 799

Page 800

Index From Mazda

Index

Model

CX-7 CX-9 GLC Mazda Speed Miata Miata Millenia MPV MPV MPV LX MX-5 Miata MX-5 Miata MX3 MX5 Roadster MX6 MX6 Navajo Protégé Protégé Protégé 5 Protégé Speed RX7 RX7 RX8 Tribute

Model

190E Series 260E 300CE 300E 300E 300SL 300TE 420SEL 450SL 500S 500SL

To Mercedes

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Mazda

Body Style SUV SUV

4 Door

4 door

Mercedes

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Begin Year 2007 2007 1980 2005 1990 2001 1995 1989 2000 2002 2004 2006 1992

End Year 2012 2012 1990 2010 2000 2008 2002 1999 2007 2003 2005 2011 1996

1988 1993 1991 1990 1990 2002 2003 1986 1993 2004 2001

1992 1997 1998 2003 2001 2003 2005 1992 1996 2010 2009

Begin Year 1984 1980 1990 1980 1989 1990 1980 1990 1977 2003 1990

End Year 1995 1988 1995 1988 1994 1995 1988 1996 2008 1995

Page # 523 524 518 517 513 517 514 515 516 516 517 517 502 513 519 512 519 519 518 519 519 512 520 509 522 Page # 525 528 526 528 533 530 528 527 528 530 530

Index From Mercedes TO Mercedes Index From Make To Make

Model


Body Style

4 door 4 door Coupe Coupe

Sedan & Wagon Sedan & Wagon Sedan Sedan Coupe AMG Coupe Coupe coupe & convertible Coupe & Convertible coupe & convertible Coupe & Convertible Coupe & Convertible Coupe & Convertible Coupe

Sedan & Wagon Sedan Wagon Coupe Sedan Sport Sedan

Begin Year 1986 1986 2008 1994 2002 2002 2003 2004 2000 2000 2002 2002 2000 2001 2001 2006 1998 1998 1998 1998 2005 1998 1998 2011 2010 2010 2010 1996 1996 2006 2006 2011 1996 1996 2005

End Year 1991 1991 2012 2002 2005 2005 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2012 2002 2003 2012 2005 2012 2004 2004 2012 2012 2012 2014 2012 2012 2012 2003 2009 2009 2009 2014 2009 2009 2012

2006 2006

2012 2010

Page # 530 530 537 533 529 533 529 533 529 533 529 533 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 538 543 542 542 531 531 531 531 539 531 531 536 525 535 531

Index

560SL 560SL C Class C-Series C230 C230 C280 C280 C320 C320 C32AMG C32AMG CL-500 CL55 CL600 CLK 250 CLK 320 CLK 350 CLK 430 CLK 500 CLK 500 CLK 55 CLK Series E 350 E Class E Class Convertible E Class Coupe E-Class E320 E350 E350 E350 E430 E55AMG G Class G500 GL GL450

Mercedes

Page 801

Page 802

Index From Mercedes

Index

Model

GLK GLK ML320 ML350 ML430 ML500 ML55 S-Class SL 500 SL 600 SL Class SL Convertible SLK 280 SLK 350 SLK Class

Model

Capri Capri Capri Convertible Capri Convertible Cougar Cougar Cougar Cougar Grand Marquis LN7 Lynx Marauder Mariner Merkur Milan Milan Montego Monterey Mountaineer Mountaineer Mountaineer

To Mercury

Mercedes

Method M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style SUV SUV

coupe & convertible coupe & convertible coupe & convertible

Mercury

Method M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2

Body Style

Begin Year 2010 2010 1998 2004 All 2000 2000 1994 1999 1999 1999 2003 2003 2005 2003

End Year 2012 2012 2002 2007

Begin Year 1983 1983 1991 1991 1984 1989 1989 1999 1985 1983 1983 2003 2001 All 2006 2010 2005 2004 1997 2002 2002

End Year 1993 1986 1994 1994 1988 1997 1997 2002 2011 1990 1990 2004 2010

2002 2002 2009 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2007 2010

2009 2012 2007 2007 2001 2005 2005

Page # 540 541 532 531 532 532 532 533 534 534 534 530 530 530 530 Page # 131 132 131 132 149 127 127 142 127 149 149 127 130 168 144 163 127 147 122 135 136

Index From Mercury Index From Make To TO Mitsubishi Make

Model

Model

Clubman Cooper Cooper Cooper Convertible Countryman

Model

3000 GT 3000 GT Spyder Diamante Diamante Diamante Diamante Wagon Eclipse Eclipse Eclipse Eclipse Eclipse Spyder Eclipse Spyder

Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M2 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Begin Year 2006 1995 1995 1985 1992 1996 2008

End Year 2011 2000 2000 1991 1995 2005 2009

1984 1984 1991 1991 1993 All 1983 1991

1994 1994 2000 2000 2002 1990 2000

Body Style Long body

Begin Year 2008

End Year 2012

Convertible Convertible 4 door

2008 2009 2011

2012 2012 2013

Page # 544 544 544 544 545

Begin Year 1991 1991 1992 1992 1997 1993 1990 1995 2000 2006 2003 2007

End Year 1999 1999 1996 1996 2004 1996 1994 1999 2005 2012 2005 2012

Page # 546 546 547 547 552 547 548 549 565 565 565 565

4 Door

Mini

Mitsubishi

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style Convertible

Convertible Convertible

Page # 133 125 126 149 150 151 127 168 131 132 131 132 141 168 131 132

Index

Mountaineer Mystique Mystique Sable Sable Sable Sable Scorpio Topaz Topaz Tracer Tracer Villager XR4Ti Zephyr Zephyr

Mercury

Page 803

Page 804

Index From Mitsubishi

Index

Model

Endeavor Endeavor Evolution Expo Galant Galant Galant Galant Galant IMIEV Lancer Lancer Lancer Mighty Max Mirage Mirage Mirage Mirage Mirage Mirage Mirage Sedan Montero Montero Montero Sport Outlander Outlander Pickup Precis Raider Ralliart Starion Van

Model Fuso FE Fuso FE Fuso FE

To Mitsubishi HT

Mitsubishi

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

4 door Sport Back

2 Door Coupe 3 Door Hatch 4 Door Sedan 2 door 2 door 4 door

Sedan

Mitsubishi HT Method M1 M1 M2

Begin Year 2004 2010 2004 1993 1987 1987 1994 1999 2004 2012 2002 2007 2007 All 1985 1989 1989 1989 1993 1997 1997 1989 2001 1997 2003 2007

End Year 2008 2012 2007 1994 1993 1993 1998 2003 2012 2013 2006 2012 2012

1990 2006 2004 1983 Upto 1990

1993 2009 2005 1989

Body Style New Style Old Style Old Style

1988 1992 1996 1996 1996 2002 2002 2000 2007 2004 2006 2012

Begin Year All All All

Page # 550 550 554 558 547 547 551 551 553 568 554 566 566 564 555 547 556 547 556 557 557 558 559 560 561 567 564 562 563 554 549 564 Page # 571 569 570

Index From Nissan

Model


Nissan

Body Style 2 door

4 door

Cabriolet 2 Door

Begin Year 1987 1996 1989 1995 1983 1990 2003 2006 2004 2009 1993 1998 2002 2007 2010 2004 2004 1990 2009 1998 1998 2005 2001 2009 2011 2011 1990 1995 2000 2004 2009 2003 2009 2011 2012 1991 2003 1982

Page 805 End Year 1995 1998 1994 1998 1989 1996 2005 2008 2009 2012 1997 2001 2006 2009 2013 2012 2012 1992 2013 2004 2004 2012 2004 2012 2012 2012 1994 1999 2003 2008 2012 2008 2012 2012 2012 1994 2004 1995

Page # 572 573 574 576 575 576 576 576 576 606 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 591 607 584 585 585 586 576 601 611 587 588 589 579 610 590 608 609 598 576 586 591

Index

200SX 200SX 240SX 240SX 300ZX 300ZX 350 Z 350 Z 350 Z Roadster 370 Z Altima Altima Altima Altima Altima Armada Armada Axxess Cube Frontier Frontier Frontier Frontier Crew Cab GTR Juke Leaf Maxima Maxima Maxima Maxima Maxima Murano Murano Murano NV Linup NX Open Sky Pathfinder

TO Nissan Index From Make To Make

Page 806

Index From Nissan

Index

Model

Pathfinder Pathfinder Pathfinder Armada Pathfinder Armada Pickup Pickup Pickup Pulsar Quest Quest Quest Quest Rogue Sentra Sentra Sentra Sentra Sentra Sentra SE-R Stanza Titan Truck Versa Versa Versa Xterra Xterra

Model 88 88 98 98 98 98 98 Achieva Achieva

To Oldsmobile

Method M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M3 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Nissan

Body Style

van van van van

5 door Hatch 4 door 4 door

Oldsmobile

Method M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1

Body Style

4 door 2 Door 2 & 4 door

4 door 2 door

Begin Year 1996 2005 2004 2004 1985 1998 1998 All 1993 2004 2011 2011 2008 1987 1991 1995 2001 2007 2004 1982 2004 1985 2007 2007 2012 2000 2005

End Year 2004 2012 2012 2012 1997 2004 2005 2002 2010 2013 2013 2012 1990 1994 1999 2006 2012 2006 1998 2012 1997 2012 2011 2013 2004 2012

Page # 592 593 582 583 591 584 585 576 594 595 596 597 605 587 599 599 599 602 599 587 582 591 603 603 604 600 600

Begin Year 1991 1991 1980 1980 1985 1991 1991 1992 1992

End Year 1999 1999 1984 1984 1990 1996 1996 1997 1997

Page # 289 289 185 250 218 289 289 253 253

Index From Oldsmobile Oldsmobile Make Index From Make To TO

Model


Body Style 2 Door 4 door

2 Door Wagon Wagon 4 door 2 & 4 Door 2 & 4 Door 4 door 2 Door 2 & 4 Door 3 Door 4 door 4 door 2 Door 2, 4 Door, Wagon

Front Wheel Drive

Begin Year 1997 1997 1995 2001 1985 1995 1995 2002 1980 1992 1980 1991 1982 1997 1985 1985 1985 1982 1980 1988 1980 1982 1980 1980 1986 1982 1997 1997 1997 1980 1997 1997 1990 1997 1997 1980 1986 1990

End Year 2004 2004 2000 2003 1994 2001 2001 2004 1990 1996 1990 1996 1986 2000 1991 1991 1996 1986 1987 1997 1984 1986 1985 1985 1990 1988 2002 2000 2000 1985 2000 2000 1996 2004 2004 1985 1989 1992

Page # 295 291 292 294 218 237 238 266 250 186 206 194 185 194 298 299 186 185 191 296 191 185 206 250 218 186 294 289 289 186 289 289 305 199 200 250 296 212

Index

Alero Alero Aurora Aurora Bravada Bravada Bravada Bravada Caprice Cierra Wagon Custom Cruiser Custom Cruiser Cutlass Cutlass Cutlass Calais Cutlass Calais Cutlass Cierra Cutlass Cruiser Cutlass Supreme Cutlass Supreme Cutlass Supreme Hatchback Cutlass Wagon Delta 88 Delta 88 Delta 88 Frienza Intrigue LSS LSS Omega Regency Regency Silhouette Silhouette Silhouette Toronado Toronado Toronado

Oldsmobile

Page 807

Page 808

Index From Oldsmobile

To Plymouth

Oldsmobile

Model

Method M1

Toronado Trofeo

Body Style

Peterbilt

Model


270 387 389 All Other Models Day Cab Over

Model

Peugeot

Index

All

Model

Acclaim Breeze Caravelle Colt Colt Colt Colt Vista Colt Vista Colt Vista Duster Grand Fury Horizon Laser Laser Neon Neon Prowler Reliant Sundance Van Voyager Voyager

Plymouth

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Pop up locks Horizontal Pop up locks Pop up locks Horizontal Pop up locks

2 door 4 door

Full Size

Begin Year 1990

Body Style Day Cab Over

Method M1 Begin Year 1989 1996 1984 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1984 1990 1983 1984 1990 1994 1994 1999 1984 1984 1985 1984 1991

End Year 1992

Page # 212

Begin Year All All All All All

Page # 612 612 614 615 613

Begin Year All

Page # 616

End Year 1995 2000 1986 1994 1994 1994 1994 1994 1994 1994 1991 1990 1989 1994 1999 1999 2000 1988 1994 1997 1990 2000

Page # 101 76 73 71 89 72 71 89 72 101 75 101 73 112 94 95 78 73 101 101 73 85

Index From Pontiac Index From Make To Make TO Pontiac

Model



5 Door 2 door

2 Door 2 Door 2 door 2 door 4 door 4 door 2 door 4 Door 2 Door 2 & 4 door

2 Door 4 door Wagon

4 Door

Begin Year 1984 2001 1982 1987 1992 2000 2004 1984 1982 1993 2009 2006 2005 2008 1985 1985 1992 1992 1999 1999 1980 1988 1988 1997 2004 2005 1982 1982 1997 1997 2005 1980 1980 1980 1980 2006 1984 1995

End Year 1992 2005 1986 1991 1999 2005 2005 1988 1992 2002 2009 2008 2009 2009 1991 1991 2002 2005 2005 2005 1987 1996 1996 2003 2008 2007 1989 1993 2004 2004 2007 1989 1989 1985 1989 2009 1991 2002

Page # 186 297 185 218 301 293 293 246 239 239 232 268 315 308 298 299 299 300 291 300 191 296 296 302 315 303 243 185 199 200 200 206 206 243 206 304 243 188

Index

6000/STE Aztek Bonneville Bonneville Bonneville Bonneville Bonneville GXP Fiero Firebird Firebird G3 G5 G6 G8 Grand Am Grand Am Grand Am Grand Am Grand Am Grand Am Grand Prix Grand Prix Grand Prix Grand Prix Grand Prix GTO J2000 Lemans Montana Montana Montana SVX Parisienne Parisienne Pheonix Safari Solstice Sunbird Sunfire

Pontiac

Page 809

Page 810

Index From Pontiac

Pontiac

Model

Sunfire T1000 Torrent Torrent Trans Am Trans Am Trans Sport Trans Sport Trans Sport Trans Sport SE Vibe Vibe Vibe

Index

To Saab

Method M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1

Body Style 2 Door

mini-van

Porsche

Model

911 911 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S 928 944 ALL OTHERS Boxter Cayenne Panamera

Model

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Coupe

9-3 9-3 9-3 9-3 9-3 9-3 Convertible

End Year 2004 1984 2009 2009 1992 2002 1996 2004 2004 1996 2009 2009

Page # 188 185 247 248 239 239 305 199 200 305 306 307 309

Begin Year 1980 1987 2006 2006 All 1987

End Year 1986 2005 2012 2012

Page # 620 617 620 620 618 620 617 617 618 619

All 2003 2010

Rolls Royce

Method M1

Corniche

Model

Begin Year 1995 1982 2006 2006 1982 1993 1990 1997 1997 1990 2003 2003 2009


Saab

Body Style Convertible Convertible

Begin Year 1999 1999 1999 1999 2003 2003

1992

2012 2012 Begin Year All

Page # 621

End Year 2002 2002 2002 2002 2012 2011

Page # 624 624 624 624 625 625

Index From Saab

Model

Model

Astra Aura Equinox EV1 Ion Ion Ion Redline Ion Redline L Series LS, LS1, LS2 LW1, LW2 Outlook Relay S Series SC1, SC2 SC1, SC2 Sky SL, SL1, SL2 SL, SL1, SL2 SW1, SW2 SW1, SW2

Method M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Saab

Body Style SUV

Saturn

Body Style 5 door Hatch 4 door

4 door 4 door Wagon SUV

2 Door 2 & 3 door 4 Door 4 door 5 Door Wagon 5 door wagon

Page 811

Begin Year 2007 2011 1999 1999 2002 2010 2004 2005 1994 & up 1994 & up Upto 1993 1986 1986 2005 2005

End Year 2011 2013 2001 2001 2010 2012 2006 2010

1999 1999 2006 2006

Page # 625 628 624 624 625 627 625 626 624 624 622 622 622 623 623

Begin Year 2008 2007 2005 2001 2003 2003 2004 2004 2000 2000 2000 2007 2005 1996 1991 1996 2007 1991 1996 1991 1996

End Year 2009 2009 2009 2003 2007 2007 2007 2007 2004 2002 2002 2009 2007 2002 1995 2002 2009 1995 2002 1995 2001

Page # 282 315 248 313 310 311 310 311 312 312 312 282 199 313 313 313 304 313 313 313 313

Index

9-3 Sport 9-4X 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 Convertible 9-7X 900 900 900 9000 9000 92 92X

TO Saturn Index From Make To Make

Page 812

Index From Saturn

Model

Vue Vue Vue Vue Redline

Model

Index

IQ TC XA XB XB XD XD

Model ALL ForTwo ForTwo

Model

All Models All Models Bullet 4500 Bullet 5500 Ram 4500/5500

Model

3 door B9 Tribeca Baja Forester Forester Forester Impreza Impreza

To Subaru

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 Method M3 M1 M2

Saturn

Body Style

Scion

Body Style

3 Door

Smart

Body Style 2 door 2 door

Sterling

Method M1 M2 M2 M2 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style

Cab Chassis Cab Chassis Truck

Subaru

Body Style

Wagon

Begin Year 2002 2006 2009 2004

End Year 2009 2009 2010 2009

Page # 314 282 276 314

Begin Year 2012 2005 2004 2004 2008 2008 2012

End Year 2013 2010 2007 2007 2012 2012 2013

Page # 634 629 630 631 632 633 635

Begin Year 2008 2008 2008

End Year 2012 2012 2012

Page # 638 636 637

Begin Year All All 2008 2008 2008

End Year

Page # 640 641 642 642 639

Begin Year All 2006 2003 1998 2003 2008 1993 1993

End Year

2009 2008 2009

2012 2007 2002 2007 2012 2001 2001

Page # 643 645 647 648 649 658 650 651

Index From Subaru Index From Make To Make TO Suzuki

Model

Model

Aerio Aerio GS Sedan Aerio SX Hatchback Equator Esteem Forenza Forenza Wagon Grand Vitara Kizashi Kizashi Reno Samarai Sidekick SV7 Swift SX4 Verona Vitara X-90

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Body Style 4 door

4 Door

4 door

Suzuki

Body Style

3 Door

2 door Horizontal Toggles 4 door

Begin Year 2002 2008 1993 1993 2003 All 1992 1995 2004 2010 1996 All 1996 2004 2010 All 2003

End Year 2007 2012 2001 2001 2007

Begin Year 2003 2003 2002 2009 1995 2004 2005 2006 2010 2010 2005

End Year 2007 2007 2007 2012 2002 2008 2008 2012 2012 2012 2008

1996 2002 All 2007 2004 1999 1996

1998 2005

1994 2003 2009 2012 2003 2003 2009 2012 2007

2012 2006 2005 1998

Page # 653 658 650 651 653 643 654 652 646 657 655 644 655 646 659 656 653 Page # 661 661 661 666 660 660 660 663 667 668 660 660 660 660 664 661 661 660 662

Index

Impreza Impreza Impreza Outback Impreza Outback Impreza WRX Justy Legacy Legacy Legacy Legacy Legacy Outback Loyale Outback Outback Outback SVX WRX

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Subaru

Page 813

Page 814

Index From Suzuki

Model XL7 XL7

Index

Model

4-Runner 4-Runner 4-Runner 4-Runner 4-Runner Avalon Avalon Avalon Avalon Camary Camry Camry Camry Camry Camry Camry Camry Canry Celica Celica Celica Celica Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla Corolla FX Cressida

Method M1 M1 Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

To Toyota

Suzuki

Body Style

Toyota

Body Style

SUV 4 Door

2 Door 4 Door 4 Door

4 door

Coupe 4 Door 2 & 3 Door Wagon 4 Door 2 Door 4 Door Wagon

2 Door Hatch


End Year 2007 2012

Page # 660 665

Begin Year 1986 1990 1996 2003 2010 1995 2000 2006 2010 2012 1988 1992 1992 1997 2002 2002 2007 1984 1982 1990 1994 2000 1980 1983 1986 1986 1989 1993 1993 1998 2003 2009 1987 1986

End Year 1989 1995 2002 2007 2012 1999 2005 2010 2012 2013 1991 1996 1996 2001 2006 2006 2011 1987 1989 1993 1999 2005 1985 1988 1992 1992 1992 1997 1997 2002 2008 2012 1988 1988

Page # 687 687 687 670 671 672 672 672 673 678 674 675 676 677 677 677 677 685 679 680 680 680 684 681 685 685 682 686 686 687 688 729 683 685

Index From Toyota

Model


Toyota

Body Style

2 Door 4 Door 4 Door SUV

Convertible

4 Door 2 Door 4 Door

2 Door

Begin Year 1989 Upto 1985 2000 2000 2000 2007 2002 2008 2006 1980 1990 1998 2008 2003 2003 2009 1984 1991 2000 1992 1988 1991 1991 2001 2004 2010 1996 1996 1996 2001 2007 2001 2008 2012 1998 2004 2010 1999

Page 815 End Year 1992 2006 2006 2006 2012 2007 2009 2007 1989 1997 2007 2012 2008 2008 2012 1990 1995 2005 1998 1994 1997 1997 2003 2009 2012 2000 2000 2000 2006 2012 2007 2012 2013 2003 2009 2011 2003

Page # 690 689 693 691 692 725 694 730 694 695 696 697 733 698 699 731 700 700 700 701 687 702 703 704 705 706 709 710 711 707 708 712 732 715 713 714 713 716

Index

Cressida Cressida Echo Echo Echo FJ Cruiser Highlander Highlander Highlander Hybrid Land Cruiser Land Cruiser Land Cruiser Land Cruiser Matrix Matrix Matrix MR2 MR2 MR5 Spyder Paseo Pickup Previa Previa Prius Prius Prius RAV-4 RAV-4 RAV-4 RAV-4 RAV-4 Sequoia Sequoia Siena Sienna Sienna Sienna Solara

TO Toyota Index From Make To Make

Page 816

Index From Toyota

Index

Model

To Volvo

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Solara Supra Supra Supra T-100 Tacoma Tacoma Tercel Tercel Tercel Tundra Tundra Tundra Stepside Van Venza Yaris Yaris Yaris 5 DR Hatch

Model

Toyota

Body Style

2 Door 4 Door 2 Door pickup

4 door 4 door 2 door

UD Nissan

All

Model

240 240DL 800 Series 900 Series 960 ALL C30 C70 C70 C70 CX60 CX70 CX70 cX90

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Volvo

Body Style

Begin Year 2004 1982 1987 1993 1993 1996 2005 1991 1991 1995 1999 2007 2003 Upto 1991 2009 2007 2007 2008 Method M1 Begin Year 1985 1985 1995 1983 1996 1980 2011 1998 2006 2011 2011 2005 2011 2003

End Year 2007 1986 1992 1998 1998 2004 2007 1994 1999 1998 2006 2012 2006 2012 2012 2012 2011

Page # 716 717 718 719 720 687 721 722 723 723 724 726 724 687 669 728 727 728

Begin Year All

Page # 734

End Year 1996 1996 1997 1995 1997 1984 2013 2005 2012 2013 2013 2010 2013 2010

Page # 747 747 755 750 750 758 761 748 748 761 760 757 760 757

Index From Volvo

TO VW Index From Make To Make

Model CX90 S40 S40 S60 S60 S60 S60R S70 S70 R S80 S80 S80 S90 V40 V50 V70 V70 V70 V90 X70 XC X70R XC60 XC70

Model

Body Style

Cross Country

5 Door

Volvo HT

Cab Over New Style White GMC

Model Beetle Beetle Beetle Beetle Cabrio Cabriolet CC

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

VW

Body Style Convertible Old Style

2 Door

Begin Year 2011 2000 2005 2001 2005 2011 2002 1998 2003 1999 2007 2011 1998 2000 2005 1998 2001 2008 1998 2002 2003 2009 2008

End Year 2013 2004 2010 2004 2010 2013 2004 2004 2004 2006 2010 2013 2000 2004 2010 2000 2010 2010 2000 2004 2004 2012 2012

Page # 760 749 750 751 752 753 751 755 755 754 750 753 750 749 750 756 751 759 750 751 751 759 759

Begin Year All All All

Page # 762 763 764

Begin Year 1998 2004 2012 Pre-1998 1995

End Year 2010 2010 2013

2009

2012

Page # 736 737 738 735 735 735 743

Method M1 M1 M1

2002

Index

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

Volvo

Page 817

Page 818

Index From VW

Index

Model Corrado Eos EOS Eurovan Fox Golf Golf Golf GTI GTI GTI GTI Jetta Passat Passat Phaeton Quantum Rabbit Rabbit Routan Scirocco Tiguan Touareg Touareg Vanogan

Model

Classic Style New Style Slant Nose

To Western Star

Method M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M2 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

VW

Body Style convertible

Van 4 door

Western Star Method M1 M1 M1

Begin Year All 2007 2011 All 1988 1995 1995 2010 1995 1995 2007 Upto 1998 1986 1990 2006 2005

End Year

1989 2006 2009 All 2009 2004 2011

1999 2009 2012

Body Style Heavy Duty Heavy Duty

2010 2013 1996 2004 2006 2012 2004 2006 2010 2009 2005 2010 2006

2012 2010 2012

Begin Year All All

Page # 739 737 746 735 739 739 735 737 739 735 737 735 739 740 740 741 739 739 740 744 739 745 742 742 735 Page # 765 765 766

Go To Index

TOOL IDENTIFICATION Tool Identification Section

Page 819

Tool #22 - small hook Tool

Tool #23 - Horizontal Linkage Tool Tool Identification Section

Tool #26 - Double tool

Tool #35 - Inside access tool

Go To Index

Page 820

TOOL IDENTIFICATION Tool #42 - Reverse Hook Tool

Tool Identification Section

Tool #47 - “s” tool

Tool #57 and 87 - Strip and Strap Tools

Tool #57 - Strip Tool

Tool# 87 - Strap Tool

The Strip tool is part of the Strap Tool. To use the Strip Tool without the Flexible Strap Tool housing Just remove the Strip Tool and use it separately

Tool #65 - Small Inside Access Tool

Go To Index


Page 821

Tool #66 - Check Mark Tool

Tool #67 - Ford Cable tool Tool Identification Section

Tool #71 - Camry Tool

Tool #74 - Mini Inside Access Tool

Go To Index

Page 822

TOOL IDENTIFICATION

Tool #77 - In the door metal tool


Tool #78 - Flexible Long Reach Tool

Also known as 78SG Tool #81 - In the door metal tool


Go To Index


Page 823


Tool #88 - In the door metal Tool Tool Identification Section



Go To Index

Page 824

TOOL IDENTIFICATION



Tool #101 - In the door Metal Tool


Tool #103

Go To Index


Page 825

Tool #104

Tool #105 Tool Identification Section

Tool #112

Tool #114

Go To Index

Page 826

TOOL IDENTIFICATION Tool #115


Tool #118 - Liberty Tool

Tool #119 - CTS Tool

Tool #120 - Sterling Tool

Go To Index


Page 827

Tool #123

Tool #125 Tool Identification Section

Tool #126 - Quest Tool

Copper Loop Tool and Slim Jim

Copper Loop Tool

Slim Jim

Go To Index

TOOL IDENTIFICATION

Page 828

Remote Control Button Master


Access Windshield Lights

Access Smart Light

Power Night Vision Light

One-Hand Jacks

Super One Hand Jack

One Hand Jack

Glassman, Wedgee, Strip Savers

Glassman Tool

Wedgee

Strip Savers

Access Tools 2011-12 Car Opening Manual

Recommend Documents